]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
f7760fed69bf2cf28d853f763bf976ffb54a9c02
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30 #include "ld.h"
31 #include "ldmain.h"
32 #include "ldexp.h"
33 #include "ldlang.h"
34 #include <ldgram.h>
35 #include "ldlex.h"
36 #include "ldmisc.h"
37 #include "ldctor.h"
38 #include "ldfile.h"
39 #include "ldemul.h"
40 #include "fnmatch.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "hashtab.h"
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "bfdver.h"
45
46 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
47 #include "plugin.h"
48 #endif
49
50 #ifndef offsetof
51 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
52 #endif
53
54 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
55 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
56 of two, so we can use shifts. */
57 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
58 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
59
60 /* Local variables. */
61 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
62 static struct obstack map_obstack;
63 static struct obstack pt_obstack;
64
65 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
66 #define obstack_chunk_free free
67 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
68 static bool map_head_is_link_order = false;
69 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
70 static bool map_option_f;
71 static bfd_vma print_dot;
72 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
73 static const char *current_target;
74 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
75 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
76 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
77 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
78 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
79
80 /* Forward declarations. */
81 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
82 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
83 static bool wont_add_section_p (asection *,
84 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
85 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
86 static bool sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
87 static lang_statement_union_type *new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
88 size_t size,
89 lang_statement_list_type *list);
90 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
93 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
94 static void print_statements (void);
95 static void print_input_section (asection *, bool);
96 static bool lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
97 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
98 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
99 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
100 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
101 static void lang_do_memory_regions (bool);
102
103 /* Exported variables. */
104 const char *output_target;
105 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
107 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
108 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
109 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
110 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
111 lang_statement_union). */
112 lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
113 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
114 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
115 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
116 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
117 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
118 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
119 lang_statement_union). */
120 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
121 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
122 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
123 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
124 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
125 lang_statement_union). */
126 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
127 static const char *current_input_file;
128 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
129 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
130 const char *entry_section = ".text";
131 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
132 bool entry_from_cmdline;
133 bool lang_has_input_file = false;
134 bool had_output_filename = false;
135 bool lang_float_flag = false;
136 bool delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
137 bool enable_linker_version = false;
138 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
139 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
140 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
141 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
142 static ctf_dict_t *ctf_output;
143 #endif
144
145 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
146 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
147 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
148
149 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
150 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
151
152 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
153 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
154 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
155 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
156 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
157 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
158
159 #define new_stat(x, y) \
160 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
161
162 #define outside_section_address(q) \
163 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
164
165 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
166 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
167
168 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
169 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
170 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
171 overhead if they want to. */
172 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
173
174 void *
175 stat_alloc (size_t size)
176 {
177 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
178 }
179
180 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
181 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
182
183 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
184 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
185
186 static bool
187 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
188 {
189 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
190 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
191 }
192
193 static bool
194 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
195 {
196 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
197 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
198 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
199 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
200 return false;
201
202 pattern += 4;
203 name += 4;
204 while (*pattern != '*')
205 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
206 return false;
207
208 return true;
209 }
210
211 static int
212 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
213 {
214 if (is_simple_wild (pattern))
215 return !match_simple_wild (pattern, name);
216 if (wildcardp (pattern))
217 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
218 return strcmp (pattern, name);
219 }
220
221 /* Given an analyzed wildcard_spec SPEC, match it against NAME,
222 returns zero on a match, non-zero if there's no match. */
223
224 static int
225 spec_match (const struct wildcard_spec *spec, const char *name)
226 {
227 size_t nl = spec->namelen;
228 size_t pl = spec->prefixlen;
229 size_t sl = spec->suffixlen;
230 size_t inputlen = strlen (name);
231 int r;
232
233 if (pl)
234 {
235 if (inputlen < pl)
236 return 1;
237
238 r = memcmp (spec->name, name, pl);
239 if (r)
240 return r;
241 }
242
243 if (sl)
244 {
245 if (inputlen < sl)
246 return 1;
247
248 r = memcmp (spec->name + nl - sl, name + inputlen - sl, sl);
249 if (r)
250 return r;
251 }
252
253 if (nl == pl + sl + 1 && spec->name[pl] == '*')
254 return 0;
255
256 if (nl > pl)
257 return fnmatch (spec->name + pl, name + pl, 0);
258
259 if (inputlen >= nl)
260 return name[nl];
261
262 return 0;
263 }
264
265 static char *
266 ldirname (const char *name)
267 {
268 const char *base = lbasename (name);
269 char *dirname;
270
271 while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
272 --base;
273 if (base == name)
274 return strdup (".");
275 dirname = strdup (name);
276 dirname[base - name] = '\0';
277 return dirname;
278 }
279
280 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
281 separator. If not, return NULL. */
282
283 static char *
284 archive_path (const char *pattern)
285 {
286 char *p = NULL;
287
288 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
289 return p;
290
291 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
292 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
293 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
294 return p;
295
296 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
297 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
298 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
299 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
300 #endif
301 return p;
302 }
303
304 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
305 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
306
307 static bool
308 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
309 lang_input_statement_type *f)
310 {
311 bool match = false;
312
313 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
314 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
315 && ((sep != file_spec)
316 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
317 {
318 match = true;
319
320 if (sep != file_spec)
321 {
322 const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
323 *sep = 0;
324 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
325 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
326 }
327 }
328 return match;
329 }
330
331 static bool
332 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
333 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
334 {
335 struct unique_sections *unam;
336 const char *secnam;
337
338 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
339 && sec->owner != NULL
340 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
341 return !(os != NULL
342 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
343
344 secnam = sec->name;
345 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
346 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
347 return true;
348
349 return false;
350 }
351
352 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
353
354 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
355 false. */
356
357 static bool
358 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
359 lang_input_statement_type *file)
360 {
361 struct name_list *list_tmp;
362
363 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
364 list_tmp;
365 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
366 {
367 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
368
369 if (p != NULL)
370 {
371 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
372 return true;
373 }
374
375 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
376 return true;
377
378 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
379 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
380 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
381 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
382 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
383 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
384 bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
385 return true;
386 }
387
388 return false;
389 }
390
391 /* Add SECTION (from input FILE) to the list of matching sections
392 within PTR (the matching wildcard is SEC). */
393
394 static void
395 add_matching_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
396 struct wildcard_list *sec,
397 asection *section,
398 lang_input_statement_type *file)
399 {
400 lang_input_matcher_type *new_section;
401 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
402 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_matcher, &ptr->matching_sections);
403 new_section->section = section;
404 new_section->pattern = sec;
405 new_section->input_stmt = file;
406 }
407
408 /* Process section S (from input file FILE) in relation to wildcard
409 statement PTR. We already know that a prefix of the name of S matches
410 some wildcard in PTR's wildcard list. Here we check if the filename
411 matches as well (if it's specified) and if any of the wildcards in fact
412 does match. */
413
414 static void
415 walk_wild_section_match (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
416 lang_input_statement_type *file,
417 asection *s)
418 {
419 struct wildcard_list *sec;
420 const char *file_spec = ptr->filename;
421 char *p;
422
423 /* Check if filenames match. */
424 if (file_spec == NULL)
425 ;
426 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
427 {
428 if (!input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, file))
429 return;
430 }
431 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
432 {
433 if (fnmatch (file_spec, file->filename, 0) != 0)
434 return;
435 }
436 else
437 {
438 /* XXX Matching against non-wildcard filename in wild statements
439 was done by going through lookup_name, which uses
440 ->local_sym_name to compare against, not ->filename. We retain
441 this behaviour even though the above code paths use filename.
442 It would be more logical to use it here as well, in which
443 case the above wildcard() arm could be folded into this by using
444 name_match. This would also solve the worry of what to do
445 about unset local_sym_name (in which case lookup_name simply adds
446 the input file again). */
447 const char *filename = file->local_sym_name;
448 lang_input_statement_type *arch_is;
449 if (filename && filename_cmp (filename, file_spec) == 0)
450 ;
451 /* FIXME: see also walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list for why we
452 also check parents BFD (local_sym_)name to match input statements
453 with unadorned archive names. */
454 else if (file->the_bfd
455 && file->the_bfd->my_archive
456 && (arch_is = bfd_usrdata (file->the_bfd->my_archive))
457 && arch_is->local_sym_name
458 && filename_cmp (arch_is->local_sym_name, file_spec) == 0)
459 ;
460 else
461 return;
462 }
463
464 /* If filename is excluded we're done. */
465 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (ptr->exclude_name_list, file))
466 return;
467
468 /* Check section name against each wildcard spec. If there's no
469 wildcard all sections match. */
470 sec = ptr->section_list;
471 if (sec == NULL)
472 add_matching_section (ptr, sec, s, file);
473 else
474 {
475 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
476 for (; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
477 {
478 if (sec->spec.name != NULL
479 && spec_match (&sec->spec, sname) != 0)
480 continue;
481
482 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
483 if (!walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list,
484 file))
485 add_matching_section (ptr, sec, s, file);
486 }
487 }
488 }
489
490 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
491 section name NAME. */
492
493 static int
494 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
495 {
496 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
497 const char *dot;
498
499 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
500 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
501 lower value means a higher priority.
502
503 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
504 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
505 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
506 .fini_array is backward.
507 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
508 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
509 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
510 is forward.
511
512 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
513 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
514 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
515 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
516 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
517 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
518 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
519 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
520 attribute and sort on that. */
521 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
522 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
523 {
524 char *end;
525 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
526 if (*end == 0)
527 {
528 if (dot == name + 6
529 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
530 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
531 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
532 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
533 return init_priority;
534 }
535 }
536 return -1;
537 }
538
539 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
540
541 static int
542 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
543 {
544 int ret;
545 int a_priority, b_priority;
546
547 switch (sort)
548 {
549 default:
550 abort ();
551
552 case by_init_priority:
553 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
554 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
555 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
556 goto sort_by_name;
557 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
558 if (ret)
559 break;
560 else
561 goto sort_by_name;
562
563 case by_alignment_name:
564 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
565 if (ret)
566 break;
567 /* Fall through. */
568
569 case by_name:
570 sort_by_name:
571 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
572 break;
573
574 case by_name_alignment:
575 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
576 if (ret)
577 break;
578 /* Fall through. */
579
580 case by_alignment:
581 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
582 break;
583 }
584
585 return ret;
586 }
587
588 /* PE puts the sort key in the input statement. */
589
590 static const char *
591 sort_filename (bfd *abfd)
592 {
593 lang_input_statement_type *is = bfd_usrdata (abfd);
594 if (is->sort_key)
595 return is->sort_key;
596 return bfd_get_filename (abfd);
597 }
598
599 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the place in a binary search tree
600 where this FILE:SECTION should be inserted for wild statement WILD where
601 the spec SEC was the matching one. The tree is later linearized. */
602
603 static lang_section_bst_type **
604 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
605 struct wildcard_list *sec,
606 lang_input_statement_type *file,
607 asection *section)
608 {
609 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
610
611 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
612 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none
613 || sec->spec.sorted == by_none))
614 {
615 /* We might be called even if _this_ spec doesn't need sorting,
616 in which case we simply append at the right end of tree. */
617 return wild->rightmost;
618 }
619
620 tree = &wild->tree;
621 while (*tree)
622 {
623 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
624 name. */
625
626 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
627 {
628 const char *fn, *ln;
629 bool fa, la;
630 int i;
631 asection *lsec = (*tree)->section;
632
633 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
634 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
635 the archive and then the name of the file within the
636 archive. */
637
638 fa = file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL;
639 if (fa)
640 fn = sort_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
641 else
642 fn = sort_filename (file->the_bfd);
643
644 la = lsec->owner->my_archive != NULL;
645 if (la)
646 ln = sort_filename (lsec->owner->my_archive);
647 else
648 ln = sort_filename (lsec->owner);
649
650 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
651 if (i > 0)
652 { tree = &((*tree)->right); continue; }
653 else if (i < 0)
654 { tree = &((*tree)->left); continue; }
655
656 if (fa || la)
657 {
658 if (fa)
659 fn = sort_filename (file->the_bfd);
660 if (la)
661 ln = sort_filename (lsec->owner);
662
663 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
664 if (i > 0)
665 { tree = &((*tree)->right); continue; }
666 else if (i < 0)
667 { tree = &((*tree)->left); continue; }
668 }
669 }
670
671 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
672 looking at the sections for this file. */
673
674 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
675 if (sec && sec->spec.sorted != none && sec->spec.sorted != by_none
676 && compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
677 tree = &((*tree)->left);
678 else
679 tree = &((*tree)->right);
680 }
681
682 return tree;
683 }
684
685 /* Use wild_sort to build a BST to sort sections. */
686
687 static void
688 output_section_callback_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
689 struct wildcard_list *sec,
690 asection *section,
691 lang_input_statement_type *file,
692 void *output)
693 {
694 lang_section_bst_type *node;
695 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
696 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
697
698 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
699
700 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
701 return;
702
703 /* Don't add sections to the tree when we already know that
704 lang_add_section won't do anything with it. */
705 if (wont_add_section_p (section, os))
706 return;
707
708 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
709 node->left = 0;
710 node->right = 0;
711 node->section = section;
712 node->pattern = ptr->section_list;
713
714 tree = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
715 if (tree != NULL)
716 {
717 *tree = node;
718 if (tree == ptr->rightmost)
719 ptr->rightmost = &node->right;
720 }
721 }
722
723 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
724
725 static void
726 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
727 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
728 void *output)
729 {
730 if (tree->left)
731 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
732
733 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, tree->pattern,
734 ptr->section_flag_list,
735 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
736
737 if (tree->right)
738 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
739
740 free (tree);
741 }
742
743 \f
744 /* Sections are matched against wildcard statements via a prefix tree.
745 The prefix tree holds prefixes of all matching patterns (up to the first
746 wildcard character), and the wild statement from which those patterns
747 came. When matching a section name against the tree we're walking through
748 the tree character by character. Each statement we hit is one that
749 potentially matches. This is checked by actually going through the
750 (glob) matching routines.
751
752 When the section name turns out to actually match we record that section
753 in the wild statements list of matching sections. */
754
755 /* A prefix can be matched by multiple statement, so we need a list of them. */
756 struct wild_stmt_list
757 {
758 lang_wild_statement_type *stmt;
759 struct wild_stmt_list *next;
760 };
761
762 /* The prefix tree itself. */
763 struct prefixtree
764 {
765 /* The list of all children (linked via .next). */
766 struct prefixtree *child;
767 struct prefixtree *next;
768 /* This tree node is responsible for the prefix of parent plus 'c'. */
769 char c;
770 /* The statements that potentially can match this prefix. */
771 struct wild_stmt_list *stmt;
772 };
773
774 /* We always have a root node in the prefix tree. It corresponds to the
775 empty prefix. E.g. a glob like "*" would sit in this root. */
776 static struct prefixtree the_root, *ptroot = &the_root;
777
778 /* Given a prefix tree in *TREE, corresponding to prefix P, find or
779 INSERT the tree node corresponding to prefix P+C. */
780
781 static struct prefixtree *
782 get_prefix_tree (struct prefixtree **tree, char c, bool insert)
783 {
784 struct prefixtree *t;
785 for (t = *tree; t; t = t->next)
786 if (t->c == c)
787 return t;
788 if (!insert)
789 return NULL;
790 t = (struct prefixtree *) obstack_alloc (&pt_obstack, sizeof *t);
791 t->child = NULL;
792 t->next = *tree;
793 t->c = c;
794 t->stmt = NULL;
795 *tree = t;
796 return t;
797 }
798
799 /* Add STMT to the set of statements that can be matched by the prefix
800 corresponding to prefix tree T. */
801
802 static void
803 pt_add_stmt (struct prefixtree *t, lang_wild_statement_type *stmt)
804 {
805 struct wild_stmt_list *sl, **psl;
806 sl = (struct wild_stmt_list *) obstack_alloc (&pt_obstack, sizeof *sl);
807 sl->stmt = stmt;
808 sl->next = NULL;
809 psl = &t->stmt;
810 while (*psl)
811 psl = &(*psl)->next;
812 *psl = sl;
813 }
814
815 /* Insert STMT into the global prefix tree. */
816
817 static void
818 insert_prefix_tree (lang_wild_statement_type *stmt)
819 {
820 struct wildcard_list *sec;
821 struct prefixtree *t;
822
823 if (!stmt->section_list)
824 {
825 /* If we have no section_list (no wildcards in the wild STMT),
826 then every section name will match, so add this to the root. */
827 pt_add_stmt (ptroot, stmt);
828 return;
829 }
830
831 for (sec = stmt->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
832 {
833 const char *name = sec->spec.name ? sec->spec.name : "*";
834 char c;
835 t = ptroot;
836 for (; (c = *name); name++)
837 {
838 if (c == '*' || c == '[' || c == '?')
839 break;
840 t = get_prefix_tree (&t->child, c, true);
841 }
842 /* If we hit a glob character, the matching prefix is what we saw
843 until now. If we hit the end of pattern (hence it's no glob) then
844 we can do better: we only need to record a match when a section name
845 completely matches, not merely a prefix, so record the trailing 0
846 as well. */
847 if (!c)
848 t = get_prefix_tree (&t->child, 0, true);
849 pt_add_stmt (t, stmt);
850 }
851 }
852
853 /* Dump T indented by INDENT spaces. */
854
855 static void
856 debug_prefix_tree_rec (struct prefixtree *t, int indent)
857 {
858 for (; t; t = t->next)
859 {
860 struct wild_stmt_list *sl;
861 printf ("%*s %c", indent, "", t->c);
862 for (sl = t->stmt; sl; sl = sl->next)
863 {
864 struct wildcard_list *curr;
865 printf (" %p ", sl->stmt);
866 for (curr = sl->stmt->section_list; curr; curr = curr->next)
867 printf ("%s ", curr->spec.name ? curr->spec.name : "*");
868 }
869 printf ("\n");
870 debug_prefix_tree_rec (t->child, indent + 2);
871 }
872 }
873
874 /* Dump the global prefix tree. */
875
876 static void
877 debug_prefix_tree (void)
878 {
879 debug_prefix_tree_rec (ptroot, 2);
880 }
881
882 /* Like strcspn() but start to look from the end to beginning of
883 S. Returns the length of the suffix of S consisting entirely
884 of characters not in REJECT. */
885
886 static size_t
887 rstrcspn (const char *s, const char *reject)
888 {
889 size_t len = strlen (s), sufflen = 0;
890 while (len--)
891 {
892 char c = s[len];
893 if (strchr (reject, c) != 0)
894 break;
895 sufflen++;
896 }
897 return sufflen;
898 }
899
900 /* Analyze the wildcards in wild statement PTR to setup various
901 things for quick matching. */
902
903 static void
904 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
905 {
906 struct wildcard_list *sec;
907
908 ptr->tree = NULL;
909 ptr->rightmost = &ptr->tree;
910
911 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
912 {
913 if (sec->spec.name)
914 {
915 sec->spec.namelen = strlen (sec->spec.name);
916 sec->spec.prefixlen = strcspn (sec->spec.name, "?*[");
917 sec->spec.suffixlen = rstrcspn (sec->spec.name + sec->spec.prefixlen,
918 "?*]");
919 }
920 else
921 sec->spec.namelen = sec->spec.prefixlen = sec->spec.suffixlen = 0;
922 }
923
924 insert_prefix_tree (ptr);
925 }
926
927 /* Match all sections from FILE against the global prefix tree,
928 and record them into each wild statement that has a match. */
929
930 static void
931 resolve_wild_sections (lang_input_statement_type *file)
932 {
933 asection *s;
934
935 if (file->flags.just_syms)
936 return;
937
938 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
939 {
940 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
941 char c = 1;
942 struct prefixtree *t = ptroot;
943 //printf (" YYY consider %s of %s\n", sname, file->the_bfd->filename);
944 do
945 {
946 if (t->stmt)
947 {
948 struct wild_stmt_list *sl;
949 for (sl = t->stmt; sl; sl = sl->next)
950 {
951 walk_wild_section_match (sl->stmt, file, s);
952 //printf (" ZZZ maybe place into %p\n", sl->stmt);
953 }
954 }
955 if (!c)
956 break;
957 c = *sname++;
958 t = get_prefix_tree (&t->child, c, false);
959 }
960 while (t);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* Match all sections from all input files against the global prefix tree. */
965
966 static void
967 resolve_wilds (void)
968 {
969 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
970 {
971 //printf("XXX %s\n", f->filename);
972 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
973 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
974 resolve_wild_sections (f);
975 else
976 {
977 bfd *member;
978
979 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
980 archive separately. */
981 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
982 while (member != NULL)
983 {
984 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
985 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
986 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
987 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
988 lang_input_statement. */
989 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
990 resolve_wild_sections (bfd_usrdata (member));
991
992 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
993 }
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 /* For each input section that matches wild statement S calls
999 CALLBACK with DATA. */
1000
1001 static void
1002 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
1003 {
1004 lang_statement_union_type *l;
1005
1006 for (l = s->matching_sections.head; l; l = l->header.next)
1007 {
1008 (*callback) (s, l->input_matcher.pattern, l->input_matcher.section,
1009 l->input_matcher.input_stmt, data);
1010 }
1011 }
1012
1013 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
1014 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
1015 with constraint set to -1. */
1016
1017 void
1018 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
1019 lang_statement_union_type *s)
1020 {
1021 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
1022 {
1023 func (s);
1024
1025 switch (s->header.type)
1026 {
1027 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1028 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
1029 break;
1030 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1031 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
1032 lang_for_each_statement_worker
1033 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
1034 break;
1035 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1036 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1037 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1038 break;
1039 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1040 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1041 s->group_statement.children.head);
1042 break;
1043 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1044 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1045 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1046 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1047 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1048 case lang_input_section_enum:
1049 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1050 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1051 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1052 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1053 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1054 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1055 break;
1056 default:
1057 FAIL ();
1058 break;
1059 }
1060 }
1061 }
1062
1063 void
1064 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1065 {
1066 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1067 }
1068
1069 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1070
1071 void
1072 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1073 {
1074 list->head = NULL;
1075 list->tail = &list->head;
1076 }
1077
1078 static void
1079 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1080 void *element,
1081 void *field)
1082 {
1083 *(list->tail) = element;
1084 list->tail = field;
1085 }
1086
1087 void
1088 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1089 {
1090 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1091 abort ();
1092 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1093 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1094 }
1095
1096 void
1097 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1098 {
1099 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1100 abort ();
1101 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1102 }
1103
1104 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1105
1106 static lang_statement_union_type *
1107 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1108 size_t size,
1109 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1110 {
1111 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1112
1113 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1114 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1115 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1116 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1117 return new_stmt;
1118 }
1119
1120 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1121 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1122 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1123
1124 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1125 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1126 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1127 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1128
1129 static lang_input_statement_type *
1130 new_afile (const char *name,
1131 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1132 const char *target,
1133 const char *from_filename)
1134 {
1135 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1136
1137 lang_has_input_file = true;
1138
1139 /* PR 30632: It is OK for name to be NULL. For example
1140 see the initialization of first_file in lang_init(). */
1141 if (name != NULL)
1142 {
1143 name = ldfile_possibly_remap_input (name);
1144 /* But if a name is remapped to NULL, it should be ignored. */
1145 if (name == NULL)
1146 return NULL;
1147 }
1148
1149 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1150 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1151 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1152 p->extra_search_path = NULL;
1153 p->target = target;
1154 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1155 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1156 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1157 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1158 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1159 p->sort_key = NULL;
1160
1161 switch (file_type)
1162 {
1163 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1164 p->filename = name;
1165 p->local_sym_name = name;
1166 p->flags.real = true;
1167 p->flags.just_syms = true;
1168 break;
1169 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1170 p->filename = name;
1171 p->local_sym_name = name;
1172 break;
1173 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1174 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1175 {
1176 p->filename = name + 1;
1177 p->flags.full_name_provided = true;
1178 }
1179 else
1180 p->filename = name;
1181 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1182 p->flags.maybe_archive = true;
1183 p->flags.real = true;
1184 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1185 break;
1186 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1187 p->filename = name;
1188 p->local_sym_name = name;
1189 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1190 break;
1191 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1192 p->filename = name;
1193 p->local_sym_name = name;
1194 /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
1195 script first. */
1196 if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
1197 p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
1198 p->flags.real = true;
1199 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1200 break;
1201 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1202 p->filename = name;
1203 p->local_sym_name = name;
1204 p->flags.real = true;
1205 break;
1206 default:
1207 FAIL ();
1208 }
1209
1210 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1211 return p;
1212 }
1213
1214 lang_input_statement_type *
1215 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1216 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1217 const char *target)
1218 {
1219 if (name != NULL
1220 && (*name == '=' || startswith (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1221 {
1222 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1223 char *sysrooted_name
1224 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1225 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1226 (const char *) NULL);
1227
1228 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1229 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1230 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1231 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1232 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1233 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1234 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1235 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1236 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1237 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
1238 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1239 return ret;
1240 }
1241
1242 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
1243 }
1244
1245 struct out_section_hash_entry
1246 {
1247 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1248 lang_statement_union_type s;
1249 };
1250
1251 /* The hash table. */
1252
1253 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1254
1255 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1256 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1257
1258 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1259 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1260 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1261 const char *string)
1262 {
1263 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1264 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1265
1266 if (entry == NULL)
1267 {
1268 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1269 sizeof (*ret));
1270 if (entry == NULL)
1271 return entry;
1272 }
1273
1274 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1275 if (entry == NULL)
1276 return entry;
1277
1278 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1279 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1280 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1281 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1282 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1283 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1284 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1285 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1286
1287 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1288 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1289 field of the last element of the list. */
1290 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1291 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1292 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1293 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1294 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1295
1296 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1297 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1298 instead. */
1299 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1300 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1301 return &ret->root;
1302 }
1303
1304 static void
1305 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1306 {
1307 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1308 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1309 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1310 61))
1311 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1312 }
1313
1314 static void
1315 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1316 {
1317 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1318 }
1319
1320 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1321
1322 void
1323 lang_init (void)
1324 {
1325 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1326 obstack_init (&pt_obstack);
1327
1328 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1329
1330 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1331
1332 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1333
1334 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1335 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1336 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1337 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1338 NULL);
1339 abs_output_section =
1340 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
1341
1342 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1343
1344 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1345 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1346 }
1347
1348 void
1349 lang_finish (void)
1350 {
1351 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1352 ldfile_remap_input_free ();
1353 }
1354
1355 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1356 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1357 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1358 syntax.
1359
1360 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1361
1362 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1363 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1364
1365 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1366 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1367 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1368 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1369 and so we issue a warning.
1370
1371 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1372 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1373 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1374 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1375 region. */
1376
1377 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1378 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1379 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1380
1381 lang_memory_region_type *
1382 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bool create)
1383 {
1384 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1385 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1386 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1387
1388 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1389 if (name == NULL)
1390 return NULL;
1391
1392 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1393 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1394 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1395 {
1396 if (create)
1397 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1398 NULL, name);
1399 return r;
1400 }
1401
1402 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1403 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1404 NULL, name);
1405
1406 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1407
1408 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1409 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1410 new_region->next = NULL;
1411 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1412 new_region->origin = 0;
1413 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1414 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1415 new_region->current = 0;
1416 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1417 new_region->flags = 0;
1418 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1419 new_region->had_full_message = false;
1420
1421 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1422 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1423
1424 return new_region;
1425 }
1426
1427 void
1428 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1429 {
1430 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1431 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1432 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1433
1434 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1435 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1436 the default memory region. */
1437 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1438 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1439 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1440
1441 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1442 in use. */
1443 region = NULL;
1444 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1445 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1446 {
1447 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1448 region = r;
1449 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1450 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1451 "alias `%s'\n"),
1452 NULL, alias);
1453 }
1454
1455 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1456 if (region == NULL)
1457 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1458 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1459 NULL, region_name, alias);
1460
1461 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1462 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1463 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1464 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1465 region->name_list.next = n;
1466 }
1467
1468 static lang_memory_region_type *
1469 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1470 {
1471 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1472
1473 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1474
1475 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1476 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1477 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1478
1479 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1480 {
1481 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1482 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1483 {
1484 return p;
1485 }
1486 }
1487 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
1488 }
1489
1490 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1491
1492 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1493 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1494 {
1495 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1496 }
1497
1498 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1499 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1500 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE is 0 return NULL when
1501 no match exists. If CREATE is 1, create an output_section_statement
1502 when no match exists or if CONSTRAINT is SPECIAL. If CREATE is 2,
1503 always make a new output_section_statement. */
1504
1505 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1506 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1507 int constraint,
1508 int create)
1509 {
1510 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1511
1512 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1513 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1514 create != 0, false));
1515 if (entry == NULL)
1516 {
1517 if (create)
1518 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1519 return NULL;
1520 }
1521
1522 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1523 {
1524 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1525 constraint. */
1526 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1527
1528 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1529 do
1530 {
1531 if (create != 2
1532 && !(create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1533 && (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1534 || (constraint == 0
1535 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0)))
1536 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1537 last_ent = entry;
1538 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1539 }
1540 while (entry != NULL
1541 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1542
1543 if (!create)
1544 return NULL;
1545
1546 entry
1547 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1548 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1549 &output_section_statement_table,
1550 name));
1551 if (entry == NULL)
1552 {
1553 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1554 return NULL;
1555 }
1556 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1557 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1558 }
1559
1560 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1561 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1562 entry->s.output_section_statement.dup_output = (create == 2
1563 || constraint == SPECIAL);
1564 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1565 }
1566
1567 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1568 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1569 match any non-negative constraint. */
1570
1571 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1572 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1573 int constraint)
1574 {
1575 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1576 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1577 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1578 ((char *) os
1579 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1580 const char *name = os->name;
1581
1582 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1583 do
1584 {
1585 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1586 if (entry == NULL
1587 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1588 return NULL;
1589 }
1590 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1591 && (constraint != 0
1592 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1593
1594 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1595 }
1596
1597 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1598 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1599 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1600 sets *EXACT too. */
1601
1602 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1603 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1604 flagword sec_flags,
1605 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1606 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1607 {
1608 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1609 flagword look_flags, differ;
1610
1611 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1612 skip it. */
1613 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1614 first = first->next;
1615
1616 /* First try for an exact match. */
1617 found = NULL;
1618 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1619 {
1620 look_flags = look->flags;
1621 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1622 {
1623 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1624 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1625 look->bfd_section,
1626 sec->owner, sec))
1627 continue;
1628 }
1629 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1630 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1631 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1632 found = look;
1633 }
1634 if (found != NULL)
1635 {
1636 if (exact != NULL)
1637 *exact = found;
1638 return found;
1639 }
1640
1641 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1659 found = look;
1660 }
1661 }
1662 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1663 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1664 {
1665 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1666 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1667 {
1668 look_flags = look->flags;
1669 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1670 {
1671 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1672 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1673 look->bfd_section,
1674 sec->owner, sec))
1675 continue;
1676 }
1677 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1678 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1679 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1680 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_READONLY))
1682 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1683 found = look;
1684 }
1685 }
1686 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1687 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1688 {
1689 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1690 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1691 bool seen_thread_local = false;
1692
1693 match_type = NULL;
1694 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1695 {
1696 look_flags = look->flags;
1697 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1698 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1699
1700 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1701 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1702 {
1703 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1704 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1705 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1706 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1707 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1708 previous section. */
1709 break;
1710 found = look;
1711 seen_thread_local = true;
1712 }
1713 else if (seen_thread_local)
1714 break;
1715 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1716 found = look;
1717 }
1718 }
1719 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1720 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1721 {
1722 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1723 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1724 {
1725 look_flags = look->flags;
1726 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1727 {
1728 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1729 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1730 look->bfd_section,
1731 sec->owner, sec))
1732 continue;
1733 }
1734 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1735 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1736 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1737 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1738 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1739 found = look;
1740 }
1741 }
1742 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1743 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1744 {
1745 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1746 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1747 {
1748 look_flags = look->flags;
1749 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1750 {
1751 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1752 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1753 look->bfd_section,
1754 sec->owner, sec))
1755 continue;
1756 }
1757 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1758 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1759 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1760 found = look;
1761 }
1762 }
1763 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1764 {
1765 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1766 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1767 {
1768 look_flags = look->flags;
1769 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1770 {
1771 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1772 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1773 look->bfd_section,
1774 sec->owner, sec))
1775 continue;
1776 }
1777 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1778 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1779 found = look;
1780 }
1781 }
1782 else
1783 {
1784 /* non-alloc go last. */
1785 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1786 {
1787 look_flags = look->flags;
1788 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1789 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1790 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1791 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1792 found = look;
1793 }
1794 return found;
1795 }
1796
1797 if (found || !match_type)
1798 return found;
1799
1800 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1801 }
1802
1803 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1804 Used by place_orphan. */
1805
1806 static asection *
1807 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1808 {
1809 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1810
1811 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1812 {
1813 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1814 continue;
1815
1816 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL)
1817 return lookup->bfd_section;
1818 }
1819
1820 return NULL;
1821 }
1822
1823 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1824 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1825 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1826 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1827 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1828 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1829 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1830 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1831 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1832 image symbols. */
1833
1834 static lang_statement_union_type **
1835 insert_os_after (lang_statement_union_type *after)
1836 {
1837 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1838 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1839 bool ignore_first;
1840
1841 ignore_first = after == lang_os_list.head;
1842
1843 for (where = &after->header.next;
1844 *where != NULL;
1845 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1846 {
1847 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1848 {
1849 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1850 if (assign == NULL)
1851 {
1852 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1853
1854 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1855 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1856 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1857 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1858 {
1859 if (!ignore_first)
1860 assign = where;
1861 ignore_first = false;
1862 }
1863 }
1864 continue;
1865 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1866 case lang_input_section_enum:
1867 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1868 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1869 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1870 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1871 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1872 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1873 assign = NULL;
1874 ignore_first = false;
1875 continue;
1876 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1877 if (assign != NULL)
1878 {
1879 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1880
1881 if (s == NULL
1882 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1883 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1884 where = assign;
1885 }
1886 break;
1887 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1888 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1889 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1890 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1891 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1892 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1893 continue;
1894 case lang_input_matcher_enum:
1895 FAIL ();
1896 }
1897 break;
1898 }
1899
1900 return where;
1901 }
1902
1903 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1904 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1905 const char *secname,
1906 int constraint,
1907 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1908 struct orphan_save *place,
1909 etree_type *address,
1910 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1911 {
1912 lang_statement_list_type add;
1913 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1914 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1915
1916 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1917 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1918 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1919 if (after != NULL)
1920 {
1921 lang_list_init (&add);
1922 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1923 }
1924
1925 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1926 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1927 address = exp_intop (0);
1928
1929 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1930 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (
1931 secname, address, normal_section, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1932
1933 if (add_child == NULL)
1934 add_child = &os->children;
1935 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, NULL, os);
1936
1937 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1938 {
1939 const char *region = (after->region
1940 ? after->region->name_list.name
1941 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1942 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1943 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1944 : NULL);
1945 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1946 lma_region);
1947 }
1948 else
1949 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1950 NULL);
1951
1952 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1953 if (after != NULL)
1954 pop_stat_ptr ();
1955
1956 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1957 {
1958 asection *snew, *as;
1959 bool place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1960 bool insert_after = true;
1961
1962 snew = os->bfd_section;
1963
1964 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1965 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1966 if (place->section == NULL
1967 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1968 {
1969 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1970
1971 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1972 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1973 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1974 output section. */
1975 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1976 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1977
1978 if (bfd_section != NULL
1979 && bfd_section->owner != NULL
1980 && bfd_section != snew)
1981 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1982 }
1983
1984 if (place->section == NULL)
1985 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1986
1987 as = *place->section;
1988
1989 if (!as)
1990 {
1991 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1992
1993 /* Unlink the section. */
1994 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1995
1996 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1997 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1998 }
1999 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
2000 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2001 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
2002 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2003 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
2004 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2005 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
2006 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
2007 {
2008 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
2009 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
2010 section after a note section, */
2011 asection *sec;
2012 /* A specific section after which the output note section
2013 should be placed. */
2014 asection *after_sec;
2015 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
2016 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
2017 bool after_sec_note = false;
2018
2019 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
2020
2021 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
2022 ascending order. */
2023 after_sec = NULL;
2024 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
2025 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2026 {
2027 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
2028 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
2029 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
2030
2031 first_orphan_note = NULL;
2032 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
2033 (sec != NULL
2034 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2035 sec = sec->next)
2036 if (sec != snew
2037 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2038 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2039 {
2040 if (!first_orphan_note)
2041 first_orphan_note = sec;
2042 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
2043 after_sec = sec;
2044 }
2045 else if (first_orphan_note)
2046 {
2047 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
2048 orphan note section. */
2049 break;
2050 }
2051
2052 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
2053 be placed at the default location. */
2054 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
2055 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
2056 {
2057 /* If all output note sections have smaller
2058 alignments, place the section before all
2059 output orphan note sections. */
2060 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2061 insert_after = false;
2062 }
2063 }
2064 else if (first_orphan_note)
2065 {
2066 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2067 note sections. */
2068 after_sec_note = true;
2069 after_sec = as;
2070 for (sec = as->next;
2071 (sec != NULL
2072 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2073 sec = sec->next)
2074 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2075 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2076 after_sec = sec;
2077 }
2078
2079 if (after_sec_note)
2080 {
2081 if (after_sec)
2082 {
2083 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2084 statement. */
2085 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2086 bool found = false;
2087 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2088 {
2089 next = stmt->next;
2090 if (insert_after)
2091 {
2092 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2093 {
2094 place_after = true;
2095 found = true;
2096 after = stmt;
2097 break;
2098 }
2099 }
2100 else
2101 {
2102 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2103 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2104 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2105 {
2106 place_after = true;
2107 found = true;
2108 after = stmt;
2109 break;
2110 }
2111 }
2112 }
2113
2114 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2115 statement. */
2116 if (!found)
2117 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2118 {
2119 if (insert_after)
2120 {
2121 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2122 {
2123 place_after = true;
2124 after = stmt;
2125 break;
2126 }
2127 }
2128 else
2129 {
2130 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2131 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2132 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2133 {
2134 place_after = true;
2135 after = stmt;
2136 break;
2137 }
2138 }
2139 }
2140 }
2141
2142 if (after_sec == NULL
2143 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2144 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2145 {
2146 /* Unlink the section. */
2147 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2148
2149 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2150 prepend SNEW. */
2151 if (after_sec)
2152 {
2153 if (insert_after)
2154 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2155 after_sec, snew);
2156 else
2157 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2158 after_sec, snew);
2159 }
2160 else
2161 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2162 }
2163 }
2164 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2165 {
2166 /* Unlink the section. */
2167 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2168
2169 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2170 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2171 as, snew);
2172 }
2173 }
2174 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2175 {
2176 /* Unlink the section. */
2177 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2178
2179 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2180 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2181 }
2182
2183 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2184 follow the one we've just added. */
2185 place->section = &snew->next;
2186
2187 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2188 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2189 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2190 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2191 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2192 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2193 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2194 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2195 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2196 if (add.head != NULL)
2197 {
2198 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2199
2200 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2201 if (place_after)
2202 {
2203 lang_statement_union_type **where;
2204
2205 where = insert_os_after ((lang_statement_union_type *) after);
2206 *add.tail = *where;
2207 *where = add.head;
2208
2209 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2210 }
2211 else
2212 {
2213 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2214 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2215 *place->stmt = add.head;
2216 }
2217
2218 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2219 new list at the tail. */
2220 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2221 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2222
2223 /* Save the end of this list. */
2224 place->stmt = add.tail;
2225
2226 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2227 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2228 *os_tail = NULL;
2229 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2230 ((char *) place->os_tail
2231 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2232 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2233 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2234 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2235 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2236 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2237
2238 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2239 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2240 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2241 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2242 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2243 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2244 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2245 }
2246 }
2247 return os;
2248 }
2249
2250 static void
2251 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2252 {
2253 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2254
2255 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2256 return;
2257
2258 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2259
2260 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2261 {
2262 int len;
2263
2264 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2265 len = strlen (m->soname);
2266
2267 if (len >= 29)
2268 {
2269 print_nl ();
2270 len = 0;
2271 }
2272 print_spaces (30 - len);
2273
2274 if (m->ref != NULL)
2275 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2276 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2277 }
2278 }
2279
2280 static void
2281 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2282 {
2283 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2284 minfo ("a");
2285
2286 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2287 minfo ("x");
2288
2289 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2290 minfo ("r");
2291
2292 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2293 minfo ("w");
2294
2295 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2296 minfo ("l");
2297 }
2298
2299 void
2300 lang_map (void)
2301 {
2302 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2303 bool dis_header_printed = false;
2304
2305 ldfile_print_input_remaps ();
2306
2307 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2308 {
2309 asection *s;
2310
2311 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2312 || file->flags.just_syms)
2313 continue;
2314
2315 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2316 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2317 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2318 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2319 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2320 {
2321 if (! dis_header_printed)
2322 {
2323 minfo (_("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2324 dis_header_printed = true;
2325 }
2326
2327 print_input_section (s, true);
2328 }
2329 }
2330 if (config.print_map_discarded && ! dis_header_printed)
2331 minfo (_("\nThere are no discarded input sections\n"));
2332
2333 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2334 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2335 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2336
2337 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2338 {
2339 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s", m->name_list.name);
2340
2341 char buf[32];
2342 bfd_sprintf_vma (link_info.output_bfd, buf, m->origin);
2343 fprintf (config.map_file, " 0x%-16s", buf);
2344 bfd_sprintf_vma (link_info.output_bfd, buf, m->length);
2345 fprintf (config.map_file,
2346 " 0x%*s", m->flags || m->not_flags ? -17 : 0, buf);
2347 if (m->flags)
2348 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2349
2350 if (m->not_flags)
2351 {
2352 minfo ("!");
2353 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2354 }
2355
2356 print_nl ();
2357 }
2358
2359 minfo (_("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2360
2361 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2362 {
2363 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2364 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2365 }
2366 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2367 lang_statement_iteration++;
2368 print_statements ();
2369
2370 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2371 config.map_file);
2372 }
2373
2374 static bool
2375 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2376 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2377 {
2378 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2379 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2380 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2381 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2382 {
2383 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2384 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2385
2386 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2387 if (!ud)
2388 {
2389 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2390 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2391 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2392 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2393 }
2394 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2395 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2396
2397 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2398 def->entry = hash_entry;
2399 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2400 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2401 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2402 }
2403 return true;
2404 }
2405
2406 /* Initialize an output section. */
2407
2408 static void
2409 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2410 {
2411 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2412 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2413
2414 if (!s->dup_output)
2415 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2416 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2417 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2418 s->name, flags);
2419 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2420 {
2421 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2422 " called %s: %E\n"),
2423 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2424 }
2425 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2426 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2427
2428 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2429 statement to avoid lookup. */
2430 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2431
2432 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2433 mention are initialized. */
2434 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2435 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2436
2437 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2438 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2439
2440 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2441 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2442 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment, s,
2443 "section alignment");
2444 }
2445
2446 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2447 initialized. */
2448
2449 static void
2450 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2451 {
2452 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2453 {
2454 case etree_assign:
2455 case etree_provide:
2456 case etree_provided:
2457 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2458 break;
2459
2460 case etree_binary:
2461 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2462 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2463 break;
2464
2465 case etree_trinary:
2466 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2467 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2468 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2469 break;
2470
2471 case etree_assert:
2472 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2473 break;
2474
2475 case etree_unary:
2476 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2477 break;
2478
2479 case etree_name:
2480 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2481 {
2482 case ADDR:
2483 case LOADADDR:
2484 {
2485 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2486
2487 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2488 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2489 init_os (os, 0);
2490 }
2491 }
2492 break;
2493
2494 default:
2495 break;
2496 }
2497 }
2498 \f
2499 static void
2500 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2501 {
2502 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2503
2504 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2505 discard all sections. */
2506 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2507 {
2508 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2509 return;
2510 }
2511
2512 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2513 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2514 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2515 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2516 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2517
2518 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2519 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2520 }
2521 \f
2522
2523 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2524 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2525
2526 static bool
2527 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2528 {
2529 bool discard;
2530 flagword flags = section->flags;
2531
2532 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2533 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2534
2535 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2536 sections from within the group. */
2537 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2538 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2539 discard = true;
2540
2541 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2542 information. */
2543 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2544 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2545 discard = true;
2546
2547 /* Discard non-alloc sections if we are stripping section headers. */
2548 else if (config.no_section_header && (flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2549 discard = true;
2550
2551 return discard;
2552 }
2553
2554 /* Return TRUE if SECTION is never going to be added to output statement
2555 OUTPUT. lang_add_section() definitely won't do anything with SECTION
2556 if this returns TRUE. It may do something (or not) if this returns FALSE.
2557
2558 Can be used as early-out to filter matches. This may set
2559 output_section of SECTION, if it was unset, to the abs section in case
2560 we discover SECTION to be always discarded. This may also give
2561 warning messages. */
2562
2563 static bool
2564 wont_add_section_p (asection *section,
2565 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2566 {
2567 bool discard;
2568
2569 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2570 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2571
2572 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2573 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2574 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2575 discard = true;
2576
2577 if (discard)
2578 {
2579 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2580 {
2581 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section or
2582 warning about it again. */
2583 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2584 }
2585 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2586 ;
2587 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2588 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2589 "section `%pA' from `%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2590 NULL, section, section->owner);
2591
2592 return true;
2593 }
2594
2595 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2596 {
2597 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2598 return true;
2599
2600 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2601 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2602 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2603 return true;
2604
2605 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2606 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2607 later. */
2608 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2609 return true;
2610
2611 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2612 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2613 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from `%pB' (assigned to "
2614 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2615 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2616 output->bfd_section);
2617
2618 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2619 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2620 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2621 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2622 }
2623
2624 return false;
2625 }
2626
2627 /* The wild routines.
2628
2629 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2630 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2631 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2632
2633 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2634 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2635
2636 void
2637 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2638 asection *section,
2639 struct wildcard_list *pattern,
2640 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2641 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2642 {
2643 flagword flags = section->flags;
2644
2645 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2646 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2647
2648 if (wont_add_section_p (section, output))
2649 return;
2650
2651 if (sflag_info)
2652 {
2653 bool keep;
2654
2655 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2656 if (!keep)
2657 return;
2658 }
2659
2660 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2661 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2662 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2663 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2664 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2665 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2666 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2667
2668 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2669 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2670 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2671 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2672 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2673 {
2674 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2675 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2676 else
2677 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2678 }
2679 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2680 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2681
2682 switch (output->sectype)
2683 {
2684 case normal_section:
2685 case overlay_section:
2686 case first_overlay_section:
2687 case type_section:
2688 break;
2689 case noalloc_section:
2690 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2691 break;
2692 case typed_readonly_section:
2693 case readonly_section:
2694 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2695 break;
2696 case noload_section:
2697 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2698 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2699 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2700 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2701 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2702 section. */
2703 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2704 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2705 else
2706 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2707 break;
2708 }
2709
2710 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2711 init_os (output, flags);
2712
2713 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2714 it from the output section. */
2715 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2716
2717 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2718 {
2719 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2720 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2721
2722 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2723 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2724 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2725 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2726 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2727 {
2728 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2729 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2730 }
2731 }
2732 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2733
2734 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2735 {
2736 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2737 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2738 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2739 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2740 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2741 link_info.output_bfd,
2742 output->bfd_section,
2743 &link_info);
2744 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2745 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2746 }
2747
2748 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2749 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2750 {
2751 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2752 output->block_value = 128;
2753 }
2754
2755 /* When a .ctors section is placed in .init_array it must be copied
2756 in reverse order. Similarly for .dtors. Set that up. */
2757 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
2758 && ((startswith (section->name, ".ctors")
2759 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".init_array") == 0)
2760 || (startswith (section->name, ".dtors")
2761 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".fini_array") == 0))
2762 && (section->name[6] == 0 || section->name[6] == '.'))
2763 section->flags |= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY;
2764
2765 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2766 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2767
2768 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2769
2770 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2771 {
2772 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2773 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2774 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2775 section->map_tail.s = s;
2776 if (s != NULL)
2777 s->map_head.s = section;
2778 else
2779 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2780 }
2781
2782 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2783 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2784 new_section->section = section;
2785 new_section->pattern = pattern;
2786 }
2787
2788 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2789 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. This assumes that the
2790 wild statement doesn't need any sorting (of filenames or sections). */
2791
2792 static void
2793 output_section_callback_nosort (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2794 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2795 asection *section,
2796 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2797 void *output)
2798 {
2799 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2800
2801 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2802
2803 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2804 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2805 return;
2806
2807 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, ptr->section_list,
2808 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2809 }
2810
2811 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2812 are readonly. */
2813
2814 static void
2815 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2816 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2817 asection *section,
2818 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2819 void *output)
2820 {
2821 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2822
2823 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2824
2825 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2826 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2827 return;
2828
2829 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2830 os->all_input_readonly = false;
2831 }
2832
2833 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2834 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2835 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2836
2837 static lang_input_statement_type *
2838 lookup_name (const char *name)
2839 {
2840 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2841
2842 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2843 search != NULL;
2844 search = search->next_real_file)
2845 {
2846 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2847 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2848 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2849 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2850
2851 if (filename != NULL
2852 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2853 break;
2854 }
2855
2856 if (search == NULL)
2857 {
2858 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2859 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2860 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2861 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2862 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2863 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2864 lang_statement_union_type **after
2865 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2866 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2867 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2868 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2869 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2870 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2871 default_target, NULL);
2872 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2873 if (*tail == NULL)
2874 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2875 }
2876
2877 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2878 don't add this file. */
2879 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2880 return search;
2881
2882 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2883 return NULL;
2884
2885 return search;
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2889
2890 struct excluded_lib
2891 {
2892 char *name;
2893 struct excluded_lib *next;
2894 };
2895 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2896
2897 void
2898 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2899 {
2900 const char *p = list, *end;
2901
2902 while (*p != '\0')
2903 {
2904 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2905 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2906 if (end == NULL)
2907 end = p + strlen (p);
2908 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2909 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2910 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2911 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2912 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2913 excluded_libs = entry;
2914 if (*end == '\0')
2915 break;
2916 p = end + 1;
2917 }
2918 }
2919
2920 static void
2921 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2922 {
2923 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2924
2925 while (lib)
2926 {
2927 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2928 const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
2929
2930 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2931 {
2932 abfd->no_export = true;
2933 return;
2934 }
2935
2936 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2937 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2938 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2939 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2940 {
2941 abfd->no_export = true;
2942 return;
2943 }
2944
2945 lib = lib->next;
2946 }
2947 }
2948
2949 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2950
2951 bool
2952 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2953 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2954 {
2955 char **matching;
2956
2957 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2958 return true;
2959
2960 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2961
2962 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2963 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2964 return true;
2965
2966 if (trace_files || verbose)
2967 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2968
2969 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2970 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2971 {
2972 bfd_error_type err;
2973 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2974 extern FILE *yyin;
2975
2976 err = bfd_get_error ();
2977
2978 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2979 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2980 {
2981 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2982 free (matching);
2983 return true;
2984 }
2985
2986 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2987 {
2988 char **p;
2989
2990 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2991 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2992 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2993 einfo (" %s", *p);
2994 free (matching);
2995 einfo ("%F\n");
2996 }
2997 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2998 || place == NULL)
2999 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3000
3001 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3002 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3003
3004 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3005 save_flags = input_flags;
3006 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3007
3008 push_stat_ptr (place);
3009 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3010 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3011 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3012 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3013 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3014 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3015
3016 ldfile_assumed_script = true;
3017 parser_input = input_script;
3018 current_input_file = entry->filename;
3019 yyparse ();
3020 current_input_file = NULL;
3021 ldfile_assumed_script = false;
3022
3023 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3024 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3025 again. */
3026 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3027 input_flags = save_flags;
3028 pop_stat_ptr ();
3029 fclose (yyin);
3030 yyin = NULL;
3031 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3032
3033 return true;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3037 return true;
3038
3039 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3040 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3041 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3042 which is used. */
3043 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3044 {
3045 default:
3046 break;
3047
3048 case bfd_object:
3049 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3050 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3051 break;
3052
3053 case bfd_archive:
3054 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3055
3056 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3057 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3058 {
3059 bfd *member = NULL;
3060 bool loaded = true;
3061
3062 for (;;)
3063 {
3064 bfd *subsbfd;
3065 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3066
3067 if (member == NULL)
3068 break;
3069
3070 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3071 {
3072 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3073 entry->the_bfd, member);
3074 loaded = false;
3075 }
3076
3077 subsbfd = member;
3078 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3079 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3080 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3081 abort ();
3082
3083 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3084 substitute BFD for us. */
3085 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3086 {
3087 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3088 loaded = false;
3089 }
3090 }
3091
3092 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3093 return loaded;
3094 }
3095 break;
3096 }
3097
3098 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3099 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3100 else
3101 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3102
3103 return entry->flags.loaded;
3104 }
3105
3106 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3107 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3108 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3109 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3110 the output section. */
3111
3112 static void
3113 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3114 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3115 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3116 {
3117 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3118
3119 if (s->filenames_sorted || s->any_specs_sorted)
3120 {
3121 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3122
3123 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_sort, output);
3124
3125 tree = s->tree;
3126 if (tree)
3127 {
3128 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3129 s->tree = NULL;
3130 s->rightmost = &s->tree;
3131 }
3132 }
3133 else
3134 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_nosort, output);
3135
3136 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3137 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3138 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3139 {
3140 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3141 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3142 default_common_section = output;
3143 break;
3144 }
3145 }
3146
3147 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3148
3149 static int
3150 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3151 {
3152 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3153
3154 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3155 }
3156
3157 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3158
3159 static void
3160 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3161 {
3162 char c;
3163
3164 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3165 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3166
3167 *dest = 0;
3168 }
3169
3170 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3171 from haystack. */
3172
3173 static void
3174 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3175 {
3176 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3177
3178 if (haystack)
3179 {
3180 char *src;
3181
3182 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3183 *haystack++ = *src++;
3184
3185 *haystack = 0;
3186 }
3187 }
3188
3189 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3190 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3191
3192 static int
3193 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3194 {
3195 char *copy1;
3196 char *copy2;
3197 int result;
3198
3199 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3200 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3201
3202 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3203 stricpy (copy1, first);
3204 stricpy (copy2, second);
3205
3206 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3207 strcut (copy1, "big");
3208 strcut (copy1, "little");
3209 strcut (copy2, "big");
3210 strcut (copy2, "little");
3211
3212 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3213 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3214 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3215 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3216 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3217 {
3218 result *= 10;
3219 break;
3220 }
3221
3222 free (copy1);
3223 free (copy2);
3224
3225 return result;
3226 }
3227
3228 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3229 static const bfd_target *winner;
3230
3231 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3232 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3233 match to the original output target. */
3234
3235 static int
3236 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3237 {
3238 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3239
3240 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3241 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3242 return 0;
3243
3244 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3245 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3246 return 0;
3247
3248 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3249 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3250 return 0;
3251
3252 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3253 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3254 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3255 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3256 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3257 return 0;
3258
3259 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3260 if (winner == NULL)
3261 {
3262 winner = target;
3263 return 0;
3264 }
3265
3266 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3267 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3268 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3269 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3270 winner = target;
3271
3272 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3273 return 0;
3274 }
3275
3276 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3277
3278 static const char *
3279 get_first_input_target (void)
3280 {
3281 const char *target = NULL;
3282
3283 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3284 {
3285 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3286 && s->flags.real)
3287 {
3288 ldfile_open_file (s);
3289
3290 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3291 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3292 {
3293 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3294
3295 if (target != NULL)
3296 break;
3297 }
3298 }
3299 }
3300
3301 return target;
3302 }
3303
3304 const char *
3305 lang_get_output_target (void)
3306 {
3307 const char *target;
3308
3309 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3310 if (output_target != NULL)
3311 return output_target;
3312
3313 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3314 the default? */
3315 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3316 return current_target;
3317
3318 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3319 target = get_first_input_target ();
3320 if (target != NULL)
3321 return target;
3322
3323 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3324 return default_target;
3325 }
3326
3327 /* Open the output file. */
3328
3329 static void
3330 open_output (const char *name)
3331 {
3332 lang_input_statement_type *f;
3333 char *out = lrealpath (name);
3334
3335 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
3336 f != NULL;
3337 f = f->next_real_file)
3338 if (f->flags.real)
3339 {
3340 char *in = lrealpath (f->local_sym_name);
3341 if (filename_cmp (in, out) == 0)
3342 einfo (_("%F%P: input file '%s' is the same as output file\n"),
3343 f->filename);
3344 free (in);
3345 }
3346 free (out);
3347
3348 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3349
3350 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3351 line? */
3352 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3353 {
3354 /* Get the chosen target. */
3355 const bfd_target *target
3356 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3357
3358 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3359 if (target != NULL)
3360 {
3361 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3362
3363 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3364 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3365 else
3366 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3367
3368 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3369 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3370 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3371 this. */
3372 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3373 {
3374 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3375 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3376 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3377 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3378 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3379 else
3380 {
3381 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3382 the default target, but which has the desired
3383 endian characteristic. */
3384 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3385 (void *) target);
3386
3387 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3388 satisfy our requirements. */
3389 if (winner == NULL)
3390 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3391 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3392 else
3393 output_target = winner->name;
3394 }
3395 }
3396 }
3397 }
3398
3399 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3400
3401 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3402 {
3403 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3404 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3405
3406 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3407 }
3408
3409 delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
3410
3411 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3412 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3413 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3414 ldfile_output_architecture,
3415 ldfile_output_machine))
3416 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3417
3418 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3419 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3420 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3421
3422 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3423 }
3424
3425 static void
3426 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3427 {
3428 switch (statement->header.type)
3429 {
3430 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3431 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3432 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3433 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3434 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3435 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3436 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3437 else
3438 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3439 if (config.text_read_only)
3440 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3441 else
3442 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3443 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3444 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3445 else
3446 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3447 if (config.no_section_header)
3448 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_NO_SECTION_HEADER;
3449 else
3450 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_NO_SECTION_HEADER;
3451 break;
3452
3453 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3454 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3455 break;
3456 default:
3457 break;
3458 }
3459 }
3460
3461 static void
3462 init_opb (asection *s)
3463 {
3464 unsigned int x;
3465
3466 opb_shift = 0;
3467 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3468 && s != NULL
3469 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3470 return;
3471
3472 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3473 ldfile_output_machine);
3474 if (x > 1)
3475 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3476 {
3477 x >>= 1;
3478 ++opb_shift;
3479 }
3480 ASSERT (x == 1);
3481 }
3482
3483 /* Open all the input files. */
3484
3485 enum open_bfd_mode
3486 {
3487 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3488 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3489 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3490 };
3491 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3492 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3493 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3494 #endif
3495
3496 static void
3497 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3498 lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
3499 enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3500 {
3501 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3502 {
3503 switch (s->header.type)
3504 {
3505 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3506 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, os, mode);
3507 break;
3508 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3509 os = &s->output_section_statement;
3510 open_input_bfds (os->children.head, os, mode);
3511 break;
3512 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3513 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3514 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3515 && s->wild_statement.filename
3516 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3517 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3518 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3519 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, os, mode);
3520 break;
3521 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3522 {
3523 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3524 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3525 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3526 #endif
3527
3528 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3529 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3530 symbols. */
3531
3532 do
3533 {
3534 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3535 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3536 #endif
3537 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3538 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head, os,
3539 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3540 }
3541 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3542 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3543 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3544 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3545 undefs. */
3546 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3547 #endif
3548 );
3549 }
3550 break;
3551 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3552 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3553 break;
3554 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3555 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3556 {
3557 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3558 lang_statement_list_type add;
3559 bfd *abfd;
3560
3561 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3562
3563 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3564 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3565 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3566 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3567 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3568 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3569 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3570 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3571 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3572 #endif
3573 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3574 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3575 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3576 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3577 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3578 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3579 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3580 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3581 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3582 {
3583 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = false;
3584 s->input_statement.flags.reload = true;
3585 }
3586
3587 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3588 lang_list_init (&add);
3589
3590 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3591 config.make_executable = false;
3592
3593 if (add.head != NULL)
3594 {
3595 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3596 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3597 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3598 section statement list. Very likely the user
3599 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3600 naive user expectations. */
3601 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3602 {
3603 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3604 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3605 s->input_statement.filename);
3606 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3607 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3608 }
3609 else
3610 {
3611 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3612 s->header.next = add.head;
3613 }
3614 }
3615 }
3616 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3617 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3618 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3619 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3620 plugin_insert = NULL;
3621 #endif
3622 break;
3623 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3624 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3625 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp, os);
3626 break;
3627 default:
3628 break;
3629 }
3630 }
3631
3632 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3633 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3634 einfo ("%F");
3635 }
3636
3637 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
3638 /* Emit CTF errors and warnings. fp can be NULL to report errors/warnings
3639 that happened specifically at CTF open time. */
3640 static void
3641 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_dict_t *fp)
3642 {
3643 ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
3644 char *text;
3645 int is_warning;
3646 int err;
3647
3648 while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning, &err)) != NULL)
3649 {
3650 einfo (_("%s: %s\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
3651 text);
3652 free (text);
3653 }
3654 if (err != ECTF_NEXT_END)
3655 {
3656 einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
3657 ctf_errmsg (err));
3658 }
3659
3660 /* `err' returns errors from the error/warning iterator in particular.
3661 These never assert. But if we have an fp, that could have recorded
3662 an assertion failure: assert if it has done so. */
3663 ASSERT (!fp || ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
3664 }
3665
3666 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3667 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3668 on. */
3669
3670 static void
3671 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3672 {
3673 int any_ctf = 0;
3674 int err;
3675
3676 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3677 {
3678 asection *sect;
3679
3680 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_dict_t in them
3681 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3682 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3683 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3684
3685 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3686 {
3687 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3688 {
3689 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (NULL);
3690 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not loaded; "
3691 "its types will be discarded: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3692 ctf_errmsg (err));
3693 }
3694 continue;
3695 }
3696
3697 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3698 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output, but only
3699 once. */
3700 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3701 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3702 sect->size = 0;
3703 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3704
3705 if (any_ctf)
3706 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3707 any_ctf = 1;
3708 }
3709
3710 if (!any_ctf)
3711 {
3712 ctf_output = NULL;
3713 return;
3714 }
3715
3716 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3717 return;
3718
3719 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3720 ctf_errmsg (err));
3721
3722 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3723 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3724 }
3725
3726 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3727 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3728
3729 static void
3730 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3731 {
3732 asection *output_sect;
3733 int flags = 0;
3734
3735 if (!ctf_output)
3736 return;
3737
3738 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3739
3740 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3741 if (output_sect == NULL)
3742 {
3743 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3744 ctf_output = NULL;
3745
3746 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3747 {
3748 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3749 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3750 }
3751 return;
3752 }
3753
3754 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3755 {
3756 if (!file->the_ctf)
3757 continue;
3758
3759 /* Takes ownership of file->the_ctf. */
3760 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3761 {
3762 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB cannot be linked: `%s'\n"),
3763 file->the_bfd, ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3764 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3765 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3766 continue;
3767 }
3768 }
3769
3770 if (!config.ctf_share_duplicated)
3771 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED;
3772 else
3773 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_DUPLICATED;
3774 if (!config.ctf_variables)
3775 flags |= CTF_LINK_OMIT_VARIABLES_SECTION;
3776 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3777 flags |= CTF_LINK_NO_FILTER_REPORTED_SYMS;
3778
3779 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, flags) < 0)
3780 {
3781 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3782 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF linking failed; "
3783 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3784 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3785 if (output_sect)
3786 {
3787 output_sect->size = 0;
3788 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3789 }
3790 }
3791 /* Output any lingering errors that didn't come from ctf_link. */
3792 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Let the emulation acquire strings from the dynamic strtab to help it optimize
3796 the CTF, if supported. */
3797
3798 void
3799 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab)
3800 {
3801 ldemul_acquire_strings_for_ctf (ctf_output, dynstrtab);
3802 }
3803
3804 /* Inform the emulation about the addition of a new dynamic symbol, in BFD
3805 internal format. */
3806 void ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx, struct elf_internal_sym *sym)
3807 {
3808 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, symidx, sym);
3809 }
3810
3811 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3812 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3813 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3814 static void
3815 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3816 {
3817 size_t output_size;
3818 asection *output_sect;
3819
3820 if (!ctf_output)
3821 return;
3822
3823 if (late)
3824 {
3825 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3826 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3827 return;
3828 }
3829 else
3830 {
3831 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3832 return;
3833 }
3834
3835 /* Inform the emulation that all the symbols that will be received have
3836 been. */
3837
3838 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, 0, NULL);
3839
3840 /* Emit CTF. */
3841
3842 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3843 if (output_sect)
3844 {
3845 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3846 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3847 output_sect->size = output_size;
3848 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3849
3850 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3851 if (!output_sect->contents)
3852 {
3853 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section emission failed; "
3854 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3855 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3856 output_sect->size = 0;
3857 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3858 }
3859 }
3860
3861 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3862 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3863 ctf_output = NULL;
3864
3865 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3866 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3867 }
3868
3869 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3870
3871 void
3872 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3873 {
3874 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3875
3876 lang_write_ctf (1);
3877 }
3878 #else
3879 static void
3880 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3881 {
3882 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3883 {
3884 asection *sect;
3885
3886 /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
3887 (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
3888 yield a valid CTF section.) */
3889
3890 if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
3891 {
3892 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not linkable: "
3893 "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file->the_bfd);
3894 sect->size = 0;
3895 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3896 }
3897 }
3898 }
3899
3900 static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
3901 void
3902 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab
3903 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3904 void
3905 ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3906 struct elf_internal_sym *sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3907 static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3908 void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
3909 #endif
3910
3911 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3912 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3913 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3914 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3915 name to the symbol table. */
3916
3917 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3918
3919 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3920
3921 void
3922 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bool cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3923 {
3924 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3925
3926 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3927 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3928 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3929
3930 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3931
3932 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3933 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3934 }
3935
3936 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3937
3938 static void
3939 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3940 {
3941 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3942
3943 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, false, true);
3944 if (h == NULL)
3945 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3946 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3947 {
3948 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3949 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3950 h->non_ir_ref_regular = true;
3951 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3952 }
3953 }
3954
3955 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3956 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3957 script file. */
3958
3959 static void
3960 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3961 {
3962 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3963
3964 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3965 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3966 }
3967
3968 /* Mark -u symbols against garbage collection. */
3969
3970 static void
3971 lang_mark_undefineds (void)
3972 {
3973 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3974
3975 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3976 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3977 {
3978 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
3979 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, false, false, true);
3980 if (h != NULL)
3981 h->mark = 1;
3982 }
3983 }
3984
3985 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3986 be defined. */
3987
3988 struct require_defined_symbol
3989 {
3990 const char *name;
3991 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3992 };
3993
3994 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3995
3996 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3997
3998 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3999 defined. */
4000
4001 void
4002 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
4003 {
4004 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4005
4006 ldlang_add_undef (name, true);
4007 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
4008 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
4009 ptr->name = strdup (name);
4010 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
4011 }
4012
4013 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
4014 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
4015
4016 static void
4017 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
4018 {
4019 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4020
4021 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4022 {
4023 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4024
4025 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
4026 false, false, true);
4027 if (h == NULL
4028 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
4029 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4030 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
4031 }
4032 }
4033
4034 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
4035
4036 static void
4037 check_input_sections
4038 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4039 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4040 {
4041 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4042 {
4043 switch (s->header.type)
4044 {
4045 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4046 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
4047 output_section_statement);
4048 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4049 return;
4050 break;
4051 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4052 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
4053 output_section_statement);
4054 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4055 return;
4056 break;
4057 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4058 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4059 output_section_statement);
4060 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4061 return;
4062 break;
4063 default:
4064 break;
4065 }
4066 }
4067 }
4068
4069 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
4070
4071 static void
4072 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
4073 {
4074 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4075
4076 switch (sort_section)
4077 {
4078 default:
4079 FAIL ();
4080
4081 case none:
4082 break;
4083
4084 case by_name:
4085 case by_alignment:
4086 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4087 {
4088 switch (s->header.type)
4089 {
4090 default:
4091 break;
4092
4093 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4094 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
4095 sec = sec->next)
4096 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4097 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4098 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4099 {
4100 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4101 {
4102 case none:
4103 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4104 break;
4105 case by_name:
4106 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4107 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4108 break;
4109 case by_alignment:
4110 if (sort_section == by_name)
4111 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4112 break;
4113 default:
4114 break;
4115 }
4116 s->wild_statement.any_specs_sorted = true;
4117 }
4118 break;
4119
4120 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4121 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4122 break;
4123
4124 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4125 update_wild_statements
4126 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4127 break;
4128
4129 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4130 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4131 break;
4132 }
4133 }
4134 break;
4135 }
4136 }
4137
4138 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4139
4140 static void
4141 map_input_to_output_sections
4142 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4143 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4144 {
4145 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4146 {
4147 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4148 flagword flags;
4149 unsigned int type = 0;
4150
4151 switch (s->header.type)
4152 {
4153 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4154 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4155 break;
4156 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4157 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4158 target,
4159 os);
4160 break;
4161 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4162 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4163 if (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RW
4164 || tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO)
4165 {
4166 tos->all_input_readonly = true;
4167 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4168 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4169 tos->constraint = -1;
4170 }
4171 if (tos->constraint >= 0)
4172 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4173 target,
4174 tos);
4175 break;
4176 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4177 break;
4178 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4179 target = s->target_statement.target;
4180 break;
4181 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4182 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4183 target,
4184 os);
4185 break;
4186 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4187 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4188 are initialized. */
4189 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4190 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4191 these may be overridden by the script. */
4192 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4193 switch (os->sectype)
4194 {
4195 case normal_section:
4196 case overlay_section:
4197 case first_overlay_section:
4198 break;
4199 case noalloc_section:
4200 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4201 break;
4202 case readonly_section:
4203 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4204 break;
4205 case typed_readonly_section:
4206 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4207 /* Fall through. */
4208 case type_section:
4209 if (os->sectype_value->type.node_class == etree_name
4210 && os->sectype_value->type.node_code == NAME)
4211 {
4212 const char *name = os->sectype_value->name.name;
4213 if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PROGBITS") == 0)
4214 type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4215 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_STRTAB") == 0)
4216 type = SHT_STRTAB;
4217 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOTE") == 0)
4218 type = SHT_NOTE;
4219 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOBITS") == 0)
4220 type = SHT_NOBITS;
4221 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_INIT_ARRAY") == 0)
4222 type = SHT_INIT_ARRAY;
4223 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_FINI_ARRAY") == 0)
4224 type = SHT_FINI_ARRAY;
4225 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY") == 0)
4226 type = SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY;
4227 else
4228 einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
4229 os->name);
4230 }
4231 else
4232 {
4233 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (os->sectype_value, os);
4234 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4235 type = expld.result.value;
4236 else
4237 einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
4238 os->name);
4239 }
4240 break;
4241 case noload_section:
4242 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4243 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4244 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4245 else
4246 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4247 break;
4248 }
4249 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4250 init_os (os, flags | SEC_READONLY);
4251 else
4252 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4253 os->bfd_section->type = type;
4254 break;
4255 case lang_input_section_enum:
4256 break;
4257 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4258 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4259 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4260 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4261 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4262 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4263 init_os (os, 0);
4264 break;
4265 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4266 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4267 init_os (os, 0);
4268
4269 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4270 are initialized. */
4271 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4272 break;
4273 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4274 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4275 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4276 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4277 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4278 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4279 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4280 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4281 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4282 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4283 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4284 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4285 {
4286 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4287
4288 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4289 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4290 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4291 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4292 will affect following script sections, which is
4293 likely to surprise naive users. */
4294 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, 1);
4295 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4296 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4297 init_os (tos, 0);
4298 }
4299 break;
4300 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4301 break;
4302 case lang_input_matcher_enum:
4303 FAIL ();
4304 }
4305 }
4306 }
4307
4308 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4309 start of the list and places them after the output section
4310 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4311 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4312 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4313 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4314 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4315 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4316 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4317 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4318 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4319 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4320 can end up looking odd. */
4321
4322 static void
4323 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4324 {
4325 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4326 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4327 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4328 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4329
4330 s = start;
4331 while (*s != NULL)
4332 {
4333 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4334 {
4335 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4336 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4337 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4338
4339 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4340 last_os = os;
4341
4342 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4343 won't match this output section statement. At this
4344 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4345 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4346 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4347 if (first_os == NULL)
4348 first_os = last_os;
4349 }
4350 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4351 {
4352 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4353 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4354 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4355 behaviour. For example:
4356 #! /bin/sh
4357 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4358 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4359 group statement for insert statements. */
4360 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4361 }
4362 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4363 {
4364 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4365 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4366 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4367 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4368
4369 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4370 {
4371 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4372 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4373 }
4374
4375 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4376 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4377 {
4378 do
4379 where = where->prev;
4380 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4381 }
4382 if (where == NULL)
4383 {
4384 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4385 return;
4386 }
4387
4388 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4389 if (last_os != NULL)
4390 {
4391 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4392 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4393
4394 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4395 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4396 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4397 {
4398 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4399 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4400 }
4401 else
4402 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4403 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4404 last_os->next = where->next;
4405 if (where->next == NULL)
4406 {
4407 next = &last_os->next;
4408 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4409 }
4410 else
4411 where->next->prev = last_os;
4412 first_os->prev = where;
4413 where->next = first_os;
4414
4415 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4416 first_sec = NULL;
4417 last_sec = NULL;
4418 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4419 {
4420 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4421 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4422 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4423 {
4424 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4425 if (first_sec == NULL)
4426 first_sec = last_sec;
4427 }
4428 if (os == last_os)
4429 break;
4430 }
4431 if (last_sec != NULL)
4432 {
4433 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4434 if (sec == NULL)
4435 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4436
4437 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4438 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4439 section or if the section is the same as our
4440 last section, then no move is needed. */
4441 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4442 {
4443 /* Trim them off. */
4444 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4445 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4446 else
4447 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4448 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4449 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4450 else
4451 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4452 /* Add back. */
4453 if (sec->owner == NULL)
4454 /* SEC is the absolute section, from the
4455 first dummy output section statement. Add
4456 back the sections we trimmed off to the
4457 start of the bfd sections. */
4458 sec = NULL;
4459 if (sec != NULL)
4460 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4461 else
4462 last_sec->next = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
4463 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4464 last_sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4465 else
4466 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4467 first_sec->prev = sec;
4468 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4469 first_sec->prev->next = first_sec;
4470 else
4471 link_info.output_bfd->sections = first_sec;
4472 }
4473 }
4474 }
4475
4476 lang_statement_union_type *after = (void *) where;
4477 if (where == &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement
4478 && where->next == first_os)
4479 {
4480 /* PR30155. Handle a corner case where the statement
4481 list is something like the following:
4482 . LOAD t.o
4483 . .data 0x0000000000000000 0x0
4484 . [0x0000000000000000] b = .
4485 . *(.data)
4486 . .data 0x0000000000000000 0x0 t.o
4487 . 0x0000000000000000 0x4 LONG 0x0
4488 . INSERT BEFORE .text.start
4489 . [0x0000000000000004] a = .
4490 . .text.start 0x0000000000000000 0x0
4491 . [0x0000000000000000] c = .
4492 . OUTPUT(a.out elf64-x86-64)
4493 Here we do not want to allow insert_os_after to
4494 choose a point inside the list we are moving.
4495 That would lose the list. Instead, let
4496 insert_os_after work from the INSERT, which in this
4497 particular example will result in inserting after
4498 the assignment "a = .". */
4499 after = *s;
4500 }
4501 ptr = insert_os_after (after);
4502 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4503 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4504 first = *start;
4505 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4506 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4507 *s = *ptr;
4508 if (*s == NULL)
4509 statement_list.tail = s;
4510 *ptr = first;
4511 s = start;
4512 first_os = NULL;
4513 last_os = NULL;
4514 continue;
4515 }
4516 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4517 }
4518
4519 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4520 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4521 {
4522 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4523 if (os == last_os)
4524 break;
4525 }
4526 }
4527
4528 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4529 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4530 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4531
4532 void
4533 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4534 {
4535 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4536
4537 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4538 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4539 {
4540 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4541 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4542 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, false);
4543 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4544 }
4545
4546 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4547 os != NULL;
4548 os = os->next)
4549 {
4550 asection *output_section;
4551 bool exclude;
4552
4553 if (os->constraint < 0)
4554 continue;
4555
4556 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4557 if (output_section == NULL)
4558 continue;
4559
4560 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4561 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4562 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4563 output_section));
4564
4565 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4566 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4567 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4568 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4569 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4570 {
4571 asection *s;
4572
4573 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4574 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4575 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4576 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4577 {
4578 exclude = false;
4579 break;
4580 }
4581 }
4582
4583 if (exclude)
4584 {
4585 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4586 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4587 if (!os->update_dot)
4588 os->ignored = true;
4589 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4590 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4591 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4592 }
4593 }
4594 }
4595
4596 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4597 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4598
4599 void
4600 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4601 {
4602 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4603
4604 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4605 return;
4606
4607 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4608 os != NULL;
4609 os = os->next)
4610 {
4611 asection *output_section;
4612
4613 if (os->constraint < 0)
4614 continue;
4615
4616 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4617 if (output_section == NULL)
4618 continue;
4619
4620 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4621 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4622 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4623 }
4624
4625 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4626 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4627 map_head_is_link_order = true;
4628 }
4629
4630 static void
4631 print_output_section_statement
4632 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4633 {
4634 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4635 int len;
4636
4637 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4638 {
4639 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4640
4641 if (section != NULL)
4642 {
4643 print_dot = section->vma;
4644
4645 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4646 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4647 {
4648 print_nl ();
4649 len = 0;
4650 }
4651 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - len);
4652
4653 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4654
4655 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4656 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4657
4658 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4659 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4660 output_section_statement,
4661 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4662 }
4663
4664 print_nl ();
4665 }
4666
4667 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4668 output_section_statement);
4669 }
4670
4671 static void
4672 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4673 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4674 {
4675 bool is_dot;
4676 etree_type *tree;
4677 asection *osec;
4678
4679 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH);
4680
4681 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4682 {
4683 is_dot = false;
4684 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4685 }
4686 else
4687 {
4688 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4689
4690 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4691 tree = assignment->exp;
4692 }
4693
4694 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4695 if (osec == NULL)
4696 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4697
4698 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4699 exp_fold_tree (tree, output_section, osec, &print_dot);
4700 else
4701 expld.result.valid_p = false;
4702
4703 char buf[32];
4704 const char *str = buf;
4705 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4706 {
4707 bfd_vma value;
4708
4709 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4710 || is_dot
4711 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4712 {
4713 value = expld.result.value;
4714
4715 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4716 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4717
4718 buf[0] = '0';
4719 buf[1] = 'x';
4720 bfd_sprintf_vma (link_info.output_bfd, buf + 2, value);
4721 if (is_dot)
4722 print_dot = value;
4723 }
4724 else
4725 {
4726 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4727
4728 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4729 false, false, true);
4730 if (h != NULL
4731 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4732 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4733 {
4734 value = h->u.def.value;
4735 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4736 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4737
4738 buf[0] = '[';
4739 buf[1] = '0';
4740 buf[2] = 'x';
4741 bfd_sprintf_vma (link_info.output_bfd, buf + 3, value);
4742 strcat (buf, "]");
4743 }
4744 else
4745 str = "[unresolved]";
4746 }
4747 }
4748 else
4749 {
4750 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4751 str = "[!provide]";
4752 else
4753 str = "*undef*";
4754 }
4755 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4756
4757 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-34s", str);
4758 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4759 print_nl ();
4760 }
4761
4762 static void
4763 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4764 {
4765 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4766 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4767 }
4768
4769 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4770 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4771
4772 bool
4773 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4774 {
4775 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4776
4777 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4778 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4779 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4780 {
4781 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH);
4782 minfo ("0x%V ",
4783 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4784 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4785 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4786
4787 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4788 }
4789
4790 return true;
4791 }
4792
4793 static int
4794 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4795 {
4796 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4797 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4798
4799 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4800 return -1;
4801 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4802 return 1;
4803 else
4804 return 0;
4805 }
4806
4807 static void
4808 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4809 {
4810 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4811 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4812 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4813 unsigned int i;
4814
4815 if (!ud)
4816 return;
4817
4818 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4819
4820 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4821 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4822 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4823 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4824
4825 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4826 entries[i] = def->entry;
4827
4828 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4829 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4830
4831 /* Print the symbols. */
4832 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4833 ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4834
4835 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4836 }
4837
4838 /* Returns TRUE if SYM is a symbol suitable for printing
4839 in a linker map as a local symbol. */
4840
4841 static bool
4842 ld_is_local_symbol (asymbol * sym)
4843 {
4844 const char * name = bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
4845
4846 if (name == NULL || *name == 0)
4847 return false;
4848
4849 if (strcmp (name, "(null)") == 0)
4850 return false;
4851
4852 /* Skip .Lxxx and such like. */
4853 if (bfd_is_local_label (link_info.output_bfd, sym))
4854 return false;
4855
4856 /* FIXME: This is intended to skip ARM mapping symbols,
4857 which for some reason are not excluded by bfd_is_local_label,
4858 but maybe it is wrong for other architectures.
4859 It would be better to fix bfd_is_local_label. */
4860 if (*name == '$')
4861 return false;
4862
4863 /* Some local symbols, eg _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, are present
4864 in the hash table, so do not print duplicates here. */
4865 struct bfd_link_hash_entry * h;
4866 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, false /* create */,
4867 false /* copy */, true /* follow */);
4868 if (h == NULL)
4869 return true;
4870
4871 /* Symbols from the plugin owned BFD will not get their own
4872 iteration of this function, but can be on the link_info
4873 list. So include them here. */
4874 if (h->u.def.section->owner != NULL
4875 && ((bfd_get_file_flags (h->u.def.section->owner) & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | BFD_PLUGIN))
4876 == (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | BFD_PLUGIN)))
4877 return true;
4878
4879 return false;
4880 }
4881
4882 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4883
4884 static void
4885 print_input_section (asection *i, bool is_discarded)
4886 {
4887 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4888 int len;
4889 bfd_vma addr;
4890
4891 init_opb (i);
4892
4893 minfo (" %s", i->name);
4894
4895 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4896 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4897 {
4898 print_nl ();
4899 len = 0;
4900 }
4901 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - len);
4902
4903 if (i->output_section != NULL
4904 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4905 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4906 else
4907 {
4908 addr = print_dot;
4909 if (!is_discarded)
4910 size = 0;
4911 }
4912
4913 char buf[32];
4914 bfd_sprintf_vma (link_info.output_bfd, buf, addr);
4915 minfo ("0x%s %W %pB\n", buf, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4916
4917 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4918 {
4919 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3 + strlen (buf);
4920 print_spaces (len);
4921 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4922 }
4923
4924 if (i->output_section != NULL
4925 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4926 {
4927 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4928 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
4929 else
4930 print_all_symbols (i);
4931
4932 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4933 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4934 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4935 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4936 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4937
4938 if (config.print_map_locals)
4939 {
4940 long storage_needed;
4941
4942 /* FIXME: It would be better to cache this table, rather
4943 than recreating it for each output section. */
4944 /* FIXME: This call is not working for non-ELF based targets.
4945 Find out why. */
4946 storage_needed = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (link_info.output_bfd);
4947 if (storage_needed > 0)
4948 {
4949 asymbol ** symbol_table;
4950 long number_of_symbols;
4951 long j;
4952
4953 symbol_table = xmalloc (storage_needed);
4954 number_of_symbols = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (link_info.output_bfd, symbol_table);
4955
4956 for (j = 0; j < number_of_symbols; j++)
4957 {
4958 asymbol * sym = symbol_table[j];
4959 bfd_vma sym_addr = sym->value + i->output_section->vma;
4960
4961 if (sym->section == i->output_section
4962 && (sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
4963 && sym_addr >= addr
4964 && sym_addr < print_dot
4965 && ld_is_local_symbol (sym))
4966 {
4967 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH);
4968 minfo ("0x%V (local) %s\n", sym_addr, bfd_asymbol_name (sym));
4969 }
4970 }
4971
4972 free (symbol_table);
4973 }
4974 }
4975 }
4976 }
4977
4978 static void
4979 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4980 {
4981 size_t size;
4982 unsigned char *p;
4983 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4984 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4985 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4986 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4987 }
4988
4989 static void
4990 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4991 {
4992 bfd_vma addr;
4993 bfd_size_type size;
4994 const char *name;
4995
4996 init_opb (data->output_section);
4997 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH);
4998
4999 addr = data->output_offset;
5000 if (data->output_section != NULL)
5001 addr += data->output_section->vma;
5002
5003 switch (data->type)
5004 {
5005 default:
5006 abort ();
5007 case BYTE:
5008 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5009 name = "BYTE";
5010 break;
5011 case SHORT:
5012 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5013 name = "SHORT";
5014 break;
5015 case LONG:
5016 size = LONG_SIZE;
5017 name = "LONG";
5018 break;
5019 case QUAD:
5020 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5021 name = "QUAD";
5022 break;
5023 case SQUAD:
5024 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5025 name = "SQUAD";
5026 break;
5027 }
5028
5029 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5030 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5031 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
5032
5033 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
5034 {
5035 print_space ();
5036 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
5037 }
5038
5039 print_nl ();
5040
5041 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
5042 }
5043
5044 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
5045 -Ttext. */
5046
5047 static void
5048 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
5049 {
5050 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
5051 exp_print_tree (address->address);
5052 print_nl ();
5053 }
5054
5055 /* Print a reloc statement. */
5056
5057 static void
5058 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
5059 {
5060 bfd_vma addr;
5061 bfd_size_type size;
5062
5063 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
5064 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH);
5065
5066 addr = reloc->output_offset;
5067 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
5068 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
5069
5070 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
5071
5072 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
5073
5074 if (reloc->name != NULL)
5075 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
5076 else
5077 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
5078
5079 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
5080
5081 print_nl ();
5082
5083 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
5084 }
5085
5086 static void
5087 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
5088 {
5089 int len;
5090 bfd_vma addr;
5091
5092 init_opb (s->output_section);
5093 minfo (" *fill*");
5094
5095 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
5096 print_spaces (SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - len);
5097
5098 addr = s->output_offset;
5099 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5100 addr += s->output_section->vma;
5101 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
5102
5103 if (s->fill->size != 0)
5104 {
5105 size_t size;
5106 unsigned char *p;
5107 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
5108 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
5109 }
5110
5111 print_nl ();
5112
5113 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
5114 }
5115
5116 static void
5117 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
5118 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5119 {
5120 struct wildcard_list *sec;
5121
5122 print_space ();
5123
5124 if (w->exclude_name_list)
5125 {
5126 name_list *tmp;
5127 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
5128 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5129 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5130 minfo (") ");
5131 }
5132
5133 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5134 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5135 if (w->filename != NULL)
5136 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
5137 else
5138 minfo ("*");
5139 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5140 minfo (")");
5141
5142 minfo ("(");
5143 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
5144 {
5145 int closing_paren = 0;
5146
5147 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
5148 {
5149 case none:
5150 break;
5151
5152 case by_name:
5153 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5154 closing_paren = 1;
5155 break;
5156
5157 case by_alignment:
5158 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5159 closing_paren = 1;
5160 break;
5161
5162 case by_name_alignment:
5163 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5164 closing_paren = 2;
5165 break;
5166
5167 case by_alignment_name:
5168 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
5169 closing_paren = 2;
5170 break;
5171
5172 case by_none:
5173 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
5174 closing_paren = 1;
5175 break;
5176
5177 case by_init_priority:
5178 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
5179 closing_paren = 1;
5180 break;
5181 }
5182
5183 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
5184 {
5185 name_list *tmp;
5186 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
5187 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5188 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5189 minfo (") ");
5190 }
5191 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
5192 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
5193 else
5194 minfo ("*");
5195 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
5196 minfo (")");
5197 if (sec->next)
5198 minfo (" ");
5199 }
5200 minfo (")");
5201
5202 print_nl ();
5203
5204 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
5205 }
5206
5207 /* Print a group statement. */
5208
5209 static void
5210 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
5211 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5212 {
5213 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
5214 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
5215 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
5216 }
5217
5218 /* Print the list of statements in S.
5219 This can be called for any statement type. */
5220
5221 static void
5222 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5223 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5224 {
5225 while (s != NULL)
5226 {
5227 print_statement (s, os);
5228 s = s->header.next;
5229 }
5230 }
5231
5232 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5233 This can be called for any statement type. */
5234
5235 static void
5236 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5237 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5238 {
5239 switch (s->header.type)
5240 {
5241 default:
5242 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5243 FAIL ();
5244 break;
5245 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5246 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5247 {
5248 if (constructors_sorted)
5249 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5250 else
5251 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5252 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5253 }
5254 break;
5255 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5256 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5257 break;
5258 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5259 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5260 break;
5261 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5262 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5263 break;
5264 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5265 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5266 break;
5267 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5268 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5269 break;
5270 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5271 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5272 break;
5273 case lang_input_section_enum:
5274 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, false);
5275 break;
5276 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5277 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5278 break;
5279 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5280 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5281 break;
5282 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5283 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5284 break;
5285 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5286 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5287 break;
5288 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5289 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5290 if (output_target != NULL)
5291 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5292 minfo (")\n");
5293 break;
5294 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5295 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5296 break;
5297 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5298 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5299 break;
5300 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5301 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5302 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5303 s->insert_statement.where);
5304 break;
5305 }
5306 }
5307
5308 static void
5309 print_statements (void)
5310 {
5311 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5312 }
5313
5314 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5315 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5316 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5317 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5318
5319 void
5320 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5321 {
5322 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5323
5324 config.map_file = stderr;
5325
5326 if (n < 0)
5327 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5328 else
5329 {
5330 while (s && --n >= 0)
5331 {
5332 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5333 s = s->header.next;
5334 }
5335 }
5336
5337 config.map_file = map_save;
5338 }
5339
5340 static void
5341 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5342 fill_type *fill,
5343 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5344 asection *output_section,
5345 bfd_vma dot)
5346 {
5347 static fill_type zero_fill;
5348 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5349
5350 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5351 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5352 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5353 if (pad != NULL
5354 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5355 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5356 {
5357 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5358 }
5359 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5360 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5361 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5362 {
5363 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5364 }
5365 else
5366 {
5367 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5368 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5369 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5370 *ptr = pad;
5371 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5372 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5373 if (fill == NULL)
5374 fill = &zero_fill;
5375 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5376 }
5377 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5378 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5379 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5380 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5381 - output_section->vma);
5382 }
5383
5384 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5385
5386 static bfd_vma
5387 size_input_section
5388 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5389 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5390 fill_type *fill,
5391 bool *removed,
5392 bfd_vma dot)
5393 {
5394 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5395 asection *i = is->section;
5396 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5397 *removed = 0;
5398
5399 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5400 {
5401 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5402 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5403 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5404 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5405 have reinitialized its size. */
5406 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5407 {
5408 *removed = 1;
5409 return dot;
5410 }
5411 }
5412
5413 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5414 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5415 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5416 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5417 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5418 else
5419 {
5420 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5421
5422 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5423 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5424 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5425 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5426
5427 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5428 i->alignment_power
5429 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5430 output_section_statement,
5431 "subsection alignment");
5432
5433 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5434 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5435
5436 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5437
5438 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5439 {
5440 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5441 dot += alignment_needed;
5442 }
5443
5444 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5445 {
5446 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5447 list. */
5448 if (output_section_statement->region)
5449 {
5450 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5451 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5452
5453 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5454 {
5455 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5456 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section `%pA' not large enough for "
5457 "the linker-created stubs section `%pA'.\n"),
5458 i->output_section, i);
5459
5460 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5461 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5462 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section `%pA' "
5463 "would overflow `%pA' after it changed size).\n"),
5464 i, i->output_section);
5465
5466 *removed = 1;
5467 dot = end;
5468 i->output_section = NULL;
5469 return dot;
5470 }
5471 }
5472 }
5473
5474 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5475 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5476
5477 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5478 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5479 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5480 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5481
5482 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5483 {
5484 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5485 its actual output section too. */
5486 i->already_assigned = o;
5487 i->output_section = o;
5488 }
5489 }
5490
5491 return dot;
5492 }
5493
5494 struct check_sec
5495 {
5496 asection *sec;
5497 bool warned;
5498 };
5499
5500 static int
5501 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5502 {
5503 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5504 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5505
5506 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5507 return -1;
5508 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5509 return 1;
5510 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5511 return -1;
5512 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5513 return 1;
5514
5515 return 0;
5516 }
5517
5518 static int
5519 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5520 {
5521 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5522 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5523
5524 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5525 return -1;
5526 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5527 return 1;
5528 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5529 return -1;
5530 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5531 return 1;
5532
5533 return 0;
5534 }
5535
5536 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5537 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5538
5539 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5540 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5541
5542 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5543 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5544 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5545 region has overflowed. */
5546
5547 static void
5548 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5549 {
5550 asection *s, *p;
5551 struct check_sec *sections;
5552 size_t i, count;
5553 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5554 bfd_vma s_start;
5555 bfd_vma s_end;
5556 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5557 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5558 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5559 bool overlays;
5560
5561 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5562 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5563 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5564 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5565 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5566 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5567 {
5568 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5569 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5570 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5571 s->name);
5572 else
5573 {
5574 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5575 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5576 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5577 s->name);
5578 }
5579 }
5580
5581 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5582 return;
5583
5584 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5585 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5586
5587 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5588 count = 0;
5589 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5590 {
5591 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5592 || s->size == 0)
5593 continue;
5594
5595 sections[count].sec = s;
5596 sections[count].warned = false;
5597 count++;
5598 }
5599
5600 if (count <= 1)
5601 {
5602 free (sections);
5603 return;
5604 }
5605
5606 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5607
5608 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5609 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5610 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5611 {
5612 s = sections[i].sec;
5613 init_opb (s);
5614 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5615 {
5616 s_start = s->lma;
5617 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5618
5619 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5620 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5621 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5622 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5623 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5624 if (p != NULL
5625 && (s_start <= p_end
5626 || p_end < p_start))
5627 {
5628 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5629 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5630 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5631 sections[i].warned = true;
5632 }
5633 p = s;
5634 p_start = s_start;
5635 p_end = s_end;
5636 }
5637 }
5638
5639 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5640 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5641 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5642 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5643 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5644 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5645 overlays = false;
5646 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5647 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5648 {
5649 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5650 if (p_start == s_start)
5651 {
5652 overlays = true;
5653 break;
5654 }
5655 p_start = s_start;
5656 }
5657
5658 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5659 if (!overlays)
5660 {
5661 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5662 {
5663 s = sections[i].sec;
5664 init_opb (s);
5665 s_start = s->vma;
5666 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5667
5668 if (p != NULL
5669 && !sections[i].warned
5670 && (s_start <= p_end
5671 || p_end < p_start))
5672 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5673 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5674 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5675 p = s;
5676 p_start = s_start;
5677 p_end = s_end;
5678 }
5679 }
5680
5681 free (sections);
5682
5683 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5684 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5685 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5686 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5687
5688 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5689 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5690 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5691 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5692 if (m->had_full_message)
5693 {
5694 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5695 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5696 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5697 over),
5698 m->name_list.name, over);
5699 }
5700 }
5701
5702 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5703 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5704 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5705 calculation wraps around. */
5706
5707 static void
5708 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5709 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5710 etree_type *tree,
5711 bfd_vma rbase)
5712 {
5713 if ((region->current < region->origin
5714 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5715 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5716 || rbase == 0))
5717 {
5718 if (tree != NULL)
5719 {
5720 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5721 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5722 region->current,
5723 os->bfd_section->owner,
5724 os->bfd_section->name,
5725 region->name_list.name);
5726 }
5727 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5728 {
5729 region->had_full_message = true;
5730
5731 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5732 os->bfd_section->owner,
5733 os->bfd_section->name,
5734 region->name_list.name);
5735 }
5736 }
5737 }
5738
5739 static void
5740 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s)
5741 {
5742 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
5743
5744 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5745 {
5746 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5747 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5748 else
5749 {
5750 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5751 }
5752 }
5753 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5754 {
5755 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5756 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5757 else
5758 {
5759 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5760 }
5761 }
5762 }
5763
5764 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5765
5766 static bfd_vma
5767 lang_size_sections_1
5768 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5769 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5770 fill_type *fill,
5771 bfd_vma dot,
5772 bool *relax,
5773 bool check_regions)
5774 {
5775 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5776 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5777 bool removed_prev_s = false;
5778 lang_output_section_statement_type *os = current_os;
5779
5780 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5781 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5782 {
5783 bool removed = false;
5784
5785 switch (s->header.type)
5786 {
5787 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5788 {
5789 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5790 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5791 int section_alignment = 0;
5792
5793 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5794 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5795 if (os->constraint == -1)
5796 break;
5797
5798 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5799 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5800 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5801 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5802 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5803 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5804 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5805 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5806 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5807 {
5808 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, os, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5809
5810 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5811 {
5812 dot = expld.result.value;
5813 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5814 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5815 }
5816 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5817 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5818 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5819 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5820 }
5821
5822 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5823 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5824 break;
5825
5826 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5827 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5828 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5829 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5830 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5831 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5832 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5833 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5834 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5835 {
5836 asection *input;
5837
5838 if (os->children.head == NULL
5839 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5840 || (os->children.head->header.type
5841 != lang_input_section_enum))
5842 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5843 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5844
5845 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5846 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5847 bfd_section_vma (input));
5848 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5849 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5850 break;
5851 }
5852
5853 newdot = dot;
5854 dotdelta = 0;
5855 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5856 {
5857 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5858 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5859 }
5860 else
5861 {
5862 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5863 {
5864 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5865 from the region specification. */
5866 if (os->region == NULL
5867 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5868 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5869 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5870 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5871 {
5872 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5873 }
5874
5875 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5876 region, and some non default memory regions were
5877 defined, issue an error message. */
5878 if (!os->ignored
5879 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5880 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5881 && check_regions
5882 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5883 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5884 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5885 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5886 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5887 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5888 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5889 {
5890 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5891 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5892 default memory region we can end up creating an
5893 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5894 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5895 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5896 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5897 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5898 switch. */
5899 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5900 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5901 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5902 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5903 else
5904 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5905 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5906 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5907 }
5908
5909 newdot = os->region->current;
5910 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5911 }
5912 else
5913 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment, os,
5914 "section alignment");
5915
5916 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5917 if (section_alignment > 0)
5918 {
5919 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5920 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5921
5922 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5923 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5924
5925 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5926 diff = dotdelta;
5927 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5928 {
5929 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5930 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5931 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5932 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5933 diff = 0;
5934 }
5935 if (diff != 0
5936 && (config.warn_section_align
5937 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5938 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5939 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5940 os->name, (long) diff);
5941 }
5942
5943 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5944
5945 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5946 }
5947
5948 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5949 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5950
5951 os->processed_vma = true;
5952
5953 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5954 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5955 no output section should change from zero size
5956 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5957 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5958 input section was not sized early enough. */
5959 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5960 else
5961 {
5962 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5963
5964 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5965 align at the block boundary. */
5966 after = ((dot
5967 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5968 + os->block_value - 1)
5969 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5970
5971 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5972 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5973 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5974 }
5975
5976 /* Set section lma. */
5977 r = os->region;
5978 if (r == NULL)
5979 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
5980
5981 if (os->load_base)
5982 {
5983 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5984 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5985 }
5986 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5987 {
5988 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5989
5990 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5991 lma += dotdelta;
5992 else
5993 {
5994 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5995 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5996 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5997 only align according to the value in the output
5998 statement. */
5999 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
6000 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
6001 os,
6002 "section alignment");
6003 if (section_alignment > 0)
6004 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
6005 }
6006 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
6007 }
6008 else if (r->last_os != NULL
6009 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6010 {
6011 bfd_vma lma;
6012 asection *last;
6013
6014 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
6015
6016 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
6017 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
6018 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
6019 create overlapping LMAs. */
6020 if (dot < last->vma
6021 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
6022 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
6023 {
6024 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
6025 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
6026 just happen to work when the backwards move is
6027 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
6028 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
6029
6030 if (last->vma != last->lma)
6031 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
6032 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
6033 }
6034 else
6035 {
6036 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
6037 at the end of the previous section. */
6038 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
6039 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
6040
6041 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
6042 as the previous section. */
6043 else
6044 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
6045
6046 if (section_alignment > 0)
6047 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
6048 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
6049 }
6050 }
6051 os->processed_lma = true;
6052
6053 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
6054 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
6055 following sections. Overlays or other linker
6056 script assignment to lma might mean that the
6057 default lma == vma is incorrect.
6058 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
6059 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
6060 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
6061 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
6062 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
6063 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
6064 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
6065 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
6066 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
6067 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
6068 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
6069 || (r->last_os == NULL
6070 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
6071 || (r->last_os != NULL
6072 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
6073 .bfd_section->vma))))
6074 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
6075 && os->lma_region == NULL
6076 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6077 r->last_os = s;
6078
6079 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
6080 break;
6081
6082 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6083 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6084 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6085 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6086 else
6087 dotdelta = 0;
6088 dot += dotdelta;
6089
6090 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
6091 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, os, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6092
6093 /* Update dot in the region ?
6094 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
6095 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
6096 overall size in memory. */
6097 if (os->region != NULL
6098 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
6099 {
6100 os->region->current = dot;
6101
6102 if (check_regions)
6103 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
6104 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
6105 os->bfd_section->vma);
6106
6107 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
6108 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
6109 || os->align_lma_with_input))
6110 {
6111 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
6112
6113 if (check_regions)
6114 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
6115 os->bfd_section->lma);
6116 }
6117 }
6118 }
6119 break;
6120
6121 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6122 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head, current_os,
6123 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6124 break;
6125
6126 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6127 {
6128 unsigned int size = 0;
6129
6130 s->data_statement.output_offset = dot - current_os->bfd_section->vma;
6131 s->data_statement.output_section = current_os->bfd_section;
6132
6133 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
6134 need to mark them as needed. */
6135 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, os,
6136 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6137
6138 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6139 {
6140 default:
6141 abort ();
6142 case QUAD:
6143 case SQUAD:
6144 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6145 break;
6146 case LONG:
6147 size = LONG_SIZE;
6148 break;
6149 case SHORT:
6150 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6151 break;
6152 case BYTE:
6153 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6154 break;
6155 }
6156 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6157 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6158 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6159 if (!(current_os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6160 current_os->bfd_section->size
6161 = TO_SIZE (dot - current_os->bfd_section->vma);
6162
6163 }
6164 break;
6165
6166 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6167 {
6168 int size;
6169
6170 s->reloc_statement.output_offset
6171 = dot - current_os->bfd_section->vma;
6172 s->reloc_statement.output_section
6173 = current_os->bfd_section;
6174 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
6175 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6176 if (!(current_os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6177 current_os->bfd_section->size
6178 = TO_SIZE (dot - current_os->bfd_section->vma);
6179 }
6180 break;
6181
6182 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6183 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
6184 current_os, fill, dot, relax,
6185 check_regions);
6186 break;
6187
6188 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6189 link_info.create_object_symbols_section = current_os->bfd_section;
6190 current_os->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6191 break;
6192
6193 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6194 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6195 break;
6196
6197 case lang_input_section_enum:
6198 {
6199 asection *i;
6200
6201 i = s->input_section.section;
6202 if (relax)
6203 {
6204 bool again;
6205
6206 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
6207 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
6208 if (again)
6209 *relax = true;
6210 }
6211 dot = size_input_section (prev, current_os, fill, &removed, dot);
6212 }
6213 break;
6214
6215 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6216 break;
6217
6218 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6219 s->fill_statement.output_section = current_os->bfd_section;
6220
6221 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6222 break;
6223
6224 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6225 {
6226 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6227 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6228
6229 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6230
6231 exp_fold_tree (tree, os, current_os->bfd_section, &newdot);
6232
6233 ldlang_check_relro_region (s);
6234
6235 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6236
6237 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6238 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6239 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6240 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6241 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6242 current_os->update_dot = 1;
6243
6244 if (!current_os->ignored)
6245 {
6246 if (current_os == abs_output_section)
6247 {
6248 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6249 the default memory address. */
6250 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6251 false)->current = newdot;
6252 }
6253 else if (newdot != dot)
6254 {
6255 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6256 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6257 assignment references dot. */
6258 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6259 current_os->bfd_section, dot);
6260
6261 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6262 s = s->header.next;
6263
6264 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6265 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6266 user has explicitly stated that the section
6267 should not be allocated. */
6268 if (current_os->sectype != noalloc_section
6269 && (current_os->sectype != noload_section
6270 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6271 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6272 current_os->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6273 }
6274 dot = newdot;
6275 }
6276 }
6277 break;
6278
6279 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6280 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6281 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6282 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6283 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6284 will be added back in. */
6285 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6286
6287 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6288 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6289 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6290 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6291 a pad size of zero. */
6292 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6293 = dot - current_os->bfd_section->vma;
6294 break;
6295
6296 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6297 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6298 current_os, fill, dot, relax,
6299 check_regions);
6300 break;
6301
6302 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6303 break;
6304
6305 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6306 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6307 break;
6308
6309 default:
6310 FAIL ();
6311 break;
6312 }
6313
6314 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6315 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6316 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6317 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6318 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6319 {
6320 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6321 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6322 if (removed_prev_s)
6323 prev_s = NULL;
6324
6325 if (prev_s)
6326 {
6327 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6328 the current one. */
6329 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6330 s = prev_s;
6331 removed_prev_s = false;
6332 }
6333 else
6334 {
6335 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6336 *prev = s->header.next;
6337 removed_prev_s = true;
6338 }
6339
6340 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6341 list. */
6342 if (!removed_prev_s)
6343 prev = &s->header.next;
6344 }
6345 else
6346 {
6347 prev = &s->header.next;
6348 removed_prev_s = false;
6349 }
6350 }
6351 return dot;
6352 }
6353
6354 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6355 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6356 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6357 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6358
6359 bool
6360 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6361 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6362 asection *current_section,
6363 asection *previous_section,
6364 bool new_segment)
6365 {
6366 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6367 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6368
6369 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6370 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6371 if (new_segment)
6372 return true;
6373
6374 /* Paranoia checks. */
6375 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6376 return new_segment;
6377
6378 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6379 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6380 if (config.separate_code
6381 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6382 return true;
6383
6384 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6385 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6386 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6387 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6388 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6389 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6390
6391 /* More paranoia. */
6392 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6393 return new_segment;
6394
6395 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6396 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6397 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6398 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6399 return cur->region != prev->region;
6400 }
6401
6402 void
6403 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6404 {
6405 lang_statement_iteration++;
6406 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6407 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6408 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6409 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6410 }
6411
6412 static bool
6413 lang_size_segment (void)
6414 {
6415 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6416 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6417 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
6418 bfd_vma first, last;
6419
6420 first = -seg->base & (seg->commonpagesize - 1);
6421 last = seg->end & (seg->commonpagesize - 1);
6422 if (first && last
6423 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->commonpagesize - 1))
6424 != (seg->end & ~(seg->commonpagesize - 1)))
6425 && first + last <= seg->commonpagesize)
6426 {
6427 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6428 return true;
6429 }
6430
6431 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6432 return false;
6433 }
6434
6435 static bfd_vma
6436 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (void)
6437 {
6438 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
6439 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6440 asection *sec;
6441
6442 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6443 relro_end = (seg->relro_end + seg->relropagesize - 1) & -seg->relropagesize;
6444
6445 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6446 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6447
6448 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6449 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6450 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6451 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6452 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6453 {
6454 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6455 desired? */
6456 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6457
6458 end = start = sec->vma;
6459 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6460 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6461 bump = desired_end - end;
6462 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6463 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6464 start += bump;
6465 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6466 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6467 desired_end = start;
6468 }
6469
6470 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6471 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6472 seg->base = desired_end;
6473 return relro_end;
6474 }
6475
6476 static bool
6477 lang_size_relro_segment (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6478 {
6479 bool do_reset = false;
6480
6481 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6482 {
6483 bfd_vma data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6484 bfd_vma data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 ();
6485
6486 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6487 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6488
6489 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6490 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6491 if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6492 {
6493 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;
6494 do_reset = true;
6495 }
6496 }
6497 else if (lang_size_segment ())
6498 do_reset = true;
6499
6500 return do_reset;
6501 }
6502
6503 void
6504 lang_size_sections (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6505 {
6506 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6507 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6508
6509 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6510
6511 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6512 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6513
6514 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6515 {
6516 bool do_reset
6517 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6518
6519 if (do_reset)
6520 {
6521 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6522 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6523 }
6524
6525 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6526 {
6527 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6528 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6529 }
6530 }
6531 }
6532
6533 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6534 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6535 static bool prefer_next_section;
6536
6537 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6538
6539 static bfd_vma
6540 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6541 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6542 fill_type *fill,
6543 bfd_vma dot,
6544 bool *found_end)
6545 {
6546 lang_output_section_statement_type *os = current_os;
6547
6548 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6549 {
6550 switch (s->header.type)
6551 {
6552 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6553 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6554 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6555 break;
6556
6557 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6558 {
6559 bfd_vma newdot;
6560
6561 os = &s->output_section_statement;
6562 os->after_end = *found_end;
6563 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6564 newdot = dot;
6565 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6566 {
6567 if (!os->ignored && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6568 {
6569 current_section = os;
6570 prefer_next_section = false;
6571 }
6572 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6573 }
6574 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6575 os, os->fill, newdot, found_end);
6576 if (!os->ignored)
6577 {
6578 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6579 {
6580 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6581
6582 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6583 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6584 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6585 newdot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6586
6587 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6588 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, os,
6589 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &newdot);
6590 }
6591 dot = newdot;
6592 }
6593 }
6594 break;
6595
6596 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6597
6598 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6599 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6600 break;
6601
6602 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6603 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6604 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6605 break;
6606
6607 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6608 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, os, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6609 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6610 {
6611 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6612 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6613 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6614 }
6615 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6616 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6617 {
6618 unsigned int size;
6619 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6620 {
6621 default:
6622 abort ();
6623 case QUAD:
6624 case SQUAD:
6625 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6626 break;
6627 case LONG:
6628 size = LONG_SIZE;
6629 break;
6630 case SHORT:
6631 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6632 break;
6633 case BYTE:
6634 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6635 break;
6636 }
6637 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6638 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6639 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6640 }
6641 break;
6642
6643 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6644 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp, os,
6645 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6646 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6647 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6648 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6649 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6650 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6651 break;
6652
6653 case lang_input_section_enum:
6654 {
6655 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6656
6657 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6658 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6659 }
6660 break;
6661
6662 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6663 break;
6664
6665 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6666 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6667 break;
6668
6669 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6670 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6671 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6672 {
6673 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6674
6675 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6676 prefer_next_section = true;
6677
6678 while (*p == '_')
6679 ++p;
6680 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6681 *found_end = true;
6682 }
6683 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp, os,
6684 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6685 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6686 &dot);
6687 break;
6688
6689 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6690 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6691 break;
6692
6693 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6694 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6695 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6696 break;
6697
6698 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6699 break;
6700
6701 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6702 break;
6703
6704 default:
6705 FAIL ();
6706 break;
6707 }
6708 }
6709 return dot;
6710 }
6711
6712 void
6713 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6714 {
6715 bool found_end = false;
6716
6717 current_section = NULL;
6718 prefer_next_section = false;
6719 expld.phase = phase;
6720 lang_statement_iteration++;
6721 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6722 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6723 }
6724
6725 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6726 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6727 of "dot". */
6728
6729 asection *
6730 section_for_dot (void)
6731 {
6732 asection *s;
6733
6734 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6735 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6736 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6737 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6738 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6739 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6740 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6741 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6742 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6743 {
6744 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6745 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6746
6747 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6748 stmt != NULL;
6749 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6750 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6751 break;
6752
6753 os = stmt ? &stmt->output_section_statement : NULL;
6754 while (os != NULL
6755 && !os->after_end
6756 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6757 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6758 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6759 os->bfd_section)))
6760 os = os->next;
6761
6762 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6763 {
6764 if (os != NULL)
6765 s = os->bfd_section;
6766 else
6767 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6768 while (s != NULL
6769 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6770 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6771 s = s->prev;
6772 if (s != NULL)
6773 return s;
6774
6775 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6776 }
6777 }
6778
6779 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6780
6781 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6782 while (s != NULL
6783 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6784 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6785 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6786 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6787 s = s->prev;
6788 if (s == NULL)
6789 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6790 while (s != NULL
6791 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6792 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6793 s = s->next;
6794 if (s != NULL)
6795 return s;
6796
6797 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6798 }
6799
6800 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6801
6802 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6803 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6804 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6805
6806 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6807 to start_stop_syms. */
6808
6809 static void
6810 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6811 {
6812 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6813
6814 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6815 if (h != NULL)
6816 {
6817 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6818 {
6819 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6820 start_stop_syms
6821 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6822 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6823 }
6824 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6825 }
6826 }
6827
6828 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6829 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6830 preliminary definitions. */
6831
6832 static void
6833 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6834 {
6835 bfd *abfd;
6836 asection *s;
6837 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6838
6839 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6840 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6841 {
6842 const char *ps;
6843 const char *secname = s->name;
6844
6845 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6846 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6847 break;
6848 if (*ps == '\0')
6849 {
6850 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6851
6852 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6853 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6854 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6855
6856 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6857 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6858 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6859
6860 free (symbol);
6861 }
6862 }
6863 }
6864
6865 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6866
6867 static void
6868 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6869 {
6870 size_t i;
6871
6872 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6873 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6874 }
6875
6876 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6877 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6878 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6879 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6880 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6881
6882 static void
6883 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6884 {
6885 if (h->ldscript_def)
6886 return;
6887
6888 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6889 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6890 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6891 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6892 {
6893 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6894 h->u.def.section->name);
6895 if (sec != NULL)
6896 {
6897 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6898 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6899 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6900 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6901 if there is still an output section with section name
6902 SECNAME. */
6903 asection *i;
6904 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6905 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6906 {
6907 h->u.def.section = i;
6908 return;
6909 }
6910 }
6911 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6912 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6913 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
6914 {
6915 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6916 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6917 unsigned int was_forced = eh->forced_local;
6918
6919 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
6920 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, eh, true);
6921 if (!eh->ref_regular_nonweak)
6922 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
6923 eh->def_regular = 0;
6924 eh->forced_local = was_forced;
6925 }
6926 }
6927 }
6928
6929 static void
6930 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6931 {
6932 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6933 }
6934
6935 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6936 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6937 preliminary definitions. */
6938
6939 static void
6940 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6941 {
6942 asection *s;
6943
6944 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6945 {
6946 const char *secname = s->name;
6947 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6948
6949 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6950 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6951
6952 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6953 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6954 free (symbol);
6955 }
6956 }
6957
6958 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6959
6960 static void
6961 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6962 {
6963 if (h->ldscript_def
6964 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6965 return;
6966
6967 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6968 {
6969 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6970 .startof. already has final value. */
6971 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6972 {
6973 /* .sizeof. */
6974 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6975 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6976 }
6977 }
6978 else
6979 {
6980 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6981 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6982
6983 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6984 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6985 {
6986 /* __stop_ */
6987 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6988 }
6989 }
6990 }
6991
6992 static void
6993 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6994 {
6995 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6996 }
6997
6998 static void
6999 lang_symbol_tweaks (void)
7000 {
7001 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7002 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7003 be done before lang_do_assignments. */
7004 if (config.build_constructors)
7005 lang_init_start_stop ();
7006
7007 /* Make __ehdr_start hidden, and set def_regular even though it is
7008 likely undefined at this stage. For lang_check_relocs. */
7009 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash)
7010 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7011 {
7012 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
7013 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, "__ehdr_start",
7014 false, false, true);
7015
7016 /* Only adjust the export class if the symbol was referenced
7017 and not defined, otherwise leave it alone. */
7018 if (h != NULL
7019 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
7020 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
7021 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7022 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
7023 {
7024 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7025 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
7026 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, h, true);
7027 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_INTERNAL)
7028 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
7029 h->def_regular = 1;
7030 h->root.linker_def = 1;
7031 h->root.rel_from_abs = 1;
7032 }
7033 }
7034 }
7035
7036 static void
7037 lang_end (void)
7038 {
7039 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
7040 bool warn;
7041
7042 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
7043 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
7044 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
7045 else
7046 warn = true;
7047
7048 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
7049 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
7050 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7051 && link_info.gc_sections
7052 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
7053 {
7054 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7055
7056 for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
7057 {
7058 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
7059 false, false, false);
7060 if (h != NULL
7061 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7062 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7063 && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
7064 break;
7065 }
7066 if (!sym)
7067 einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
7068 "specified by -e or -u\n"));
7069 }
7070
7071 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7072 {
7073 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
7074 don't warn if we don't find it. */
7075 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
7076 warn = false;
7077 }
7078
7079 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
7080 false, false, true);
7081 if (h != NULL
7082 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7083 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7084 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
7085 {
7086 bfd_vma val;
7087
7088 val = (h->u.def.value
7089 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
7090 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
7091 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7092 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
7093 }
7094 else
7095 {
7096 bfd_vma val;
7097 const char *send;
7098
7099 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
7100 number. */
7101 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
7102 if (*send == '\0')
7103 {
7104 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7105 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7106 }
7107 /* BZ 2004952: Only use the start of the entry section for executables. */
7108 else if bfd_link_executable (&link_info)
7109 {
7110 asection *ts;
7111
7112 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
7113 the first address in the text section. */
7114 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
7115 if (ts != NULL)
7116 {
7117 if (warn)
7118 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7119 " defaulting to %V\n"),
7120 entry_symbol.name,
7121 bfd_section_vma (ts));
7122 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
7123 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
7124 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7125 }
7126 else
7127 {
7128 if (warn)
7129 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7130 " not setting start address\n"),
7131 entry_symbol.name);
7132 }
7133 }
7134 else
7135 {
7136 if (warn)
7137 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7138 " not setting start address\n"),
7139 entry_symbol.name);
7140 }
7141 }
7142 }
7143
7144 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
7145 BFD. */
7146
7147 static void
7148 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7149 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7150 {
7151 /* Don't do anything. */
7152 }
7153
7154 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
7155 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
7156 other checking that is needed. */
7157
7158 static void
7159 lang_check (void)
7160 {
7161 lang_input_statement_type *file;
7162 bfd *input_bfd;
7163 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
7164
7165 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
7166 file != NULL;
7167 file = file->next)
7168 {
7169 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7170 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
7171 if (file->flags.claimed)
7172 continue;
7173 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7174 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
7175 compatible
7176 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
7177 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
7178
7179 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
7180 link between differing object formats when the input
7181 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
7182 input format may not have equivalent representations in
7183 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
7184 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
7185 if (!file->flags.just_syms
7186 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7187 || link_info.emitrelocations)
7188 && (compatible == NULL
7189 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
7190 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
7191 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
7192 {
7193 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
7194 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
7195 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7196 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
7197 /* einfo with %F exits. */
7198 }
7199
7200 if (compatible == NULL)
7201 {
7202 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7203 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
7204 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
7205 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7206 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
7207 }
7208
7209 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
7210 private data of the output bfd. */
7211 else if (!file->flags.just_syms
7212 && ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7213 || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0))
7214 {
7215 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
7216
7217 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
7218 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
7219 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
7220 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
7221 information which is needed in the output file. */
7222 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7223 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
7224 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
7225 {
7226 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7227 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
7228 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
7229 }
7230 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7231 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
7232 }
7233 }
7234 }
7235
7236 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
7237 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
7238 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
7239
7240 static void
7241 lang_common (void)
7242 {
7243 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
7244 return;
7245 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7246 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
7247 return;
7248
7249 if (!config.sort_common)
7250 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
7251 else
7252 {
7253 unsigned int power;
7254
7255 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
7256 {
7257 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
7258 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7259
7260 power = 0;
7261 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7262 }
7263 else
7264 {
7265 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
7266 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7267
7268 power = (unsigned int) -1;
7269 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7270 }
7271 }
7272 }
7273
7274 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
7275
7276 static bool
7277 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
7278 {
7279 unsigned int power_of_two;
7280 bfd_vma size;
7281 asection *section;
7282
7283 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
7284 return true;
7285
7286 size = h->u.c.size;
7287 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7288
7289 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7290 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7291 return true;
7292 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7293 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7294 return true;
7295
7296 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7297 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7298 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7299 h->root.string);
7300
7301 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7302 {
7303 static bool header_printed;
7304 int len;
7305 char *name;
7306 char buf[32];
7307
7308 if (!header_printed)
7309 {
7310 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7311 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7312 header_printed = true;
7313 }
7314
7315 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7316 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7317 if (name == NULL)
7318 {
7319 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7320 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7321 }
7322 else
7323 {
7324 minfo ("%s", name);
7325 len = strlen (name);
7326 free (name);
7327 }
7328
7329 if (len >= 19)
7330 {
7331 print_nl ();
7332 len = 0;
7333 }
7334
7335 sprintf (buf, "%" PRIx64, (uint64_t) size);
7336 fprintf (config.map_file, "%*s0x%-16s", 20 - len, "", buf);
7337
7338 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7339 }
7340
7341 return true;
7342 }
7343
7344 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7345 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7346 option are handled here. */
7347
7348 static void
7349 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7350 {
7351 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7352 {
7353 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7354 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
7355 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7356 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7357 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7358 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7359 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7360 }
7361 else
7362 {
7363 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7364 const char *name = s->name;
7365 int constraint = 0;
7366
7367 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7368 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7369 s, s->owner);
7370
7371 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7372 constraint = SPECIAL;
7373
7374 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7375 if (os == NULL)
7376 {
7377 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, 1);
7378 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7379 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7380 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7381 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7382 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7383 }
7384
7385 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7386 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7387 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7388 s, s->owner, os->name);
7389 }
7390 }
7391
7392 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7393 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7394 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7395
7396 static void
7397 lang_place_orphans (void)
7398 {
7399 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7400 {
7401 asection *s;
7402
7403 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7404 {
7405 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7406 {
7407 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7408 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7409
7410 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7411 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7412 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7413 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7414 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7415 {
7416 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7417 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7418 with the wildcard. */
7419 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7420 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7421 {
7422 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7423 default_common_section
7424 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0, 1);
7425 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7426 NULL, NULL, default_common_section);
7427 }
7428 }
7429 else
7430 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7431 }
7432 }
7433 }
7434 }
7435
7436 void
7437 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7438 {
7439 flagword *ptr_flags;
7440
7441 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7442
7443 while (*flags)
7444 {
7445 switch (*flags)
7446 {
7447 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7448 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7449 case '!':
7450 invert = !invert;
7451 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7452 break;
7453
7454 case 'A': case 'a':
7455 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7456 break;
7457
7458 case 'R': case 'r':
7459 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7460 break;
7461
7462 case 'W': case 'w':
7463 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7464 break;
7465
7466 case 'X': case 'x':
7467 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7468 break;
7469
7470 case 'L': case 'l':
7471 case 'I': case 'i':
7472 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7473 break;
7474
7475 default:
7476 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7477 *flags, *flags);
7478 break;
7479 }
7480 flags++;
7481 }
7482 }
7483
7484 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7485 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7486
7487 void
7488 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7489 {
7490 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7491
7492 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7493 f != NULL;
7494 f = f->next_real_file)
7495 if (f->flags.real)
7496 func (f);
7497 }
7498
7499 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7500 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7501 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7502
7503 void
7504 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7505 {
7506 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7507 {
7508 if (f->flags.real)
7509 func (f);
7510 }
7511 }
7512
7513 void
7514 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7515 {
7516 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7517
7518 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7519 a link. */
7520 ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
7521 && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7522 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7523
7524 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7525 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7526 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7527 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7528
7529 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7530 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7531 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7532 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7533 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7534 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7535 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7536 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7537 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7538
7539 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7540 }
7541
7542 void
7543 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7544 {
7545 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7546 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7547 {
7548 output_filename = name;
7549 had_output_filename = true;
7550 }
7551 }
7552
7553 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7554 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7555 etree_type *address_exp,
7556 enum section_type sectype,
7557 etree_type *sectype_value,
7558 etree_type *align,
7559 etree_type *subalign,
7560 etree_type *ebase,
7561 int constraint,
7562 int align_with_input)
7563 {
7564 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7565
7566 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7567 constraint, 2);
7568 current_section = os;
7569
7570 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7571 {
7572 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7573 }
7574 os->sectype = sectype;
7575 if (sectype == type_section || sectype == typed_readonly_section)
7576 os->sectype_value = sectype_value;
7577 else if (sectype == noload_section)
7578 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7579 else
7580 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7581 os->block_value = 1;
7582
7583 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7584 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7585
7586 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7587 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7588 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7589 NULL);
7590
7591 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7592 os->section_alignment = align;
7593
7594 os->load_base = ebase;
7595 return os;
7596 }
7597
7598 void
7599 lang_final (void)
7600 {
7601 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7602
7603 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7604 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7605 }
7606
7607 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7608
7609 void
7610 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7611 {
7612 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7613 asection *o;
7614 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7615
7616 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7617 {
7618 p->current = p->origin;
7619 p->last_os = NULL;
7620 }
7621
7622 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7623 os != NULL;
7624 os = os->next)
7625 {
7626 os->processed_vma = false;
7627 os->processed_lma = false;
7628 }
7629
7630 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7631 {
7632 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7633 o->rawsize = o->size;
7634 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7635 o->size = 0;
7636 }
7637 }
7638
7639 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7640
7641 static void
7642 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7643 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7644 asection *section,
7645 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7646 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7647 {
7648 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7649 should be as well. */
7650 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7651 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7652 }
7653
7654 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7655
7656 static void
7657 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7658 {
7659 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7660 {
7661 switch (s->header.type)
7662 {
7663 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7664 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7665 break;
7666 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7667 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7668 break;
7669 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7670 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7671 break;
7672 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7673 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7674 break;
7675 default:
7676 break;
7677 }
7678 }
7679 }
7680
7681 static void
7682 lang_gc_sections (void)
7683 {
7684 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7685 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7686
7687 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7688 the special case of .stabstr debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7689 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7690 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7691 {
7692 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7693 {
7694 asection *sec;
7695 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7696 if (f->flags.claimed)
7697 continue;
7698 #endif
7699 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7700 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0
7701 || strcmp (sec->name, ".stabstr") != 0)
7702 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7703 }
7704 }
7705
7706 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7707 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7708 }
7709
7710 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7711
7712 static void
7713 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7714 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7715 asection *section,
7716 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7717 void *data)
7718 {
7719 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7720 size. */
7721 if (section->output_section != NULL
7722 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7723 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7724 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7725 && section->size != 0)
7726 {
7727 bool *has_relro_section = (bool *) data;
7728 *has_relro_section = true;
7729 }
7730 }
7731
7732 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7733
7734 static void
7735 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7736 bool *has_relro_section)
7737 {
7738 if (*has_relro_section)
7739 return;
7740
7741 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7742 {
7743 if (s == expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
7744 break;
7745
7746 switch (s->header.type)
7747 {
7748 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7749 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7750 find_relro_section_callback,
7751 has_relro_section);
7752 break;
7753 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7754 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7755 has_relro_section);
7756 break;
7757 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7758 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7759 has_relro_section);
7760 break;
7761 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7762 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7763 has_relro_section);
7764 break;
7765 default:
7766 break;
7767 }
7768 }
7769 }
7770
7771 static void
7772 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7773 {
7774 bool has_relro_section = false;
7775
7776 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7777
7778 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7779 &has_relro_section);
7780
7781 if (!has_relro_section)
7782 link_info.relro = false;
7783 }
7784
7785 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7786
7787 void
7788 lang_relax_sections (bool need_layout)
7789 {
7790 /* NB: Also enable relaxation to layout sections for DT_RELR. */
7791 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED || link_info.enable_dt_relr)
7792 {
7793 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7794 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7795
7796 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7797 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7798
7799 while (i--)
7800 {
7801 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7802 bool relax_again;
7803
7804 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7805 do
7806 {
7807 link_info.relax_trip++;
7808
7809 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7810 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7811 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7812
7813 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7814 section sizes. */
7815 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7816
7817 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7818 size. */
7819 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7820
7821 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7822 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7823 relax_again = false;
7824 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, false);
7825 }
7826 while (relax_again);
7827
7828 link_info.relax_pass++;
7829 }
7830 need_layout = true;
7831 }
7832
7833 if (need_layout)
7834 {
7835 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7836 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7837 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7838 lang_size_sections (NULL, true);
7839 }
7840 }
7841
7842 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7843 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7844 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7845 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7846 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7847 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7848 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7849 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7850 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7851 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7852 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7853
7854 static lang_input_statement_type *
7855 find_replacements_insert_point (bool *before)
7856 {
7857 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7858 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7859 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7860 claim1 != NULL;
7861 claim1 = claim1->next)
7862 {
7863 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7864 {
7865 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7866 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7867 }
7868 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7869 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7870 lastobject = claim1;
7871 }
7872 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7873 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7874 insert point. */
7875 *before = false;
7876 return lastobject;
7877 }
7878
7879 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7880 added during a rescan. */
7881
7882 static lang_input_statement_type **
7883 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7884 {
7885 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7886 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7887 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7888 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7889 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7890
7891 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7892 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7893
7894 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7895 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7896 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7897 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7898 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7899 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7900 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7901 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7902 f != NULL;
7903 f = f->next_real_file)
7904 {
7905 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7906 {
7907 before = last_loaded;
7908 if (f->next != NULL)
7909 return &f->next->next;
7910 }
7911 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7912 last_loaded = f;
7913 }
7914
7915 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7916 *iter != NULL;
7917 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7918 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7919 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7920 break;
7921
7922 return iter;
7923 }
7924
7925 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7926 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7927 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7928
7929 static void
7930 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7931 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7932 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7933 {
7934 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7935 *field = srclist->head;
7936 if (destlist->tail == field)
7937 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7938 }
7939
7940 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7941 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7942
7943 static void
7944 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7945 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7946 {
7947 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7948 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7949 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7950 savetail = origlist->tail;
7951 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7952 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7953 destlist->tail = savetail;
7954 *savetail = NULL;
7955 }
7956
7957 static lang_statement_union_type **
7958 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7959 {
7960 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7961 {
7962 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7963 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7964 {
7965 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7966 return s;
7967 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7968 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7969 break;
7970 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7971 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7972 break;
7973 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7974 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7975 break;
7976 default:
7977 continue;
7978 }
7979 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7980 if (*t)
7981 return t;
7982 }
7983 return s;
7984 }
7985 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7986
7987 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7988
7989 void
7990 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7991 {
7992 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7993
7994 if (name == NULL)
7995 return;
7996
7997 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7998
7999 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
8000 sym->name = name;
8001 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
8002 }
8003
8004 /* Check relocations. */
8005
8006 static void
8007 lang_check_relocs (void)
8008 {
8009 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
8010 {
8011 bfd *abfd;
8012
8013 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
8014 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
8015 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
8016 {
8017 /* No object output, fail return. */
8018 config.make_executable = false;
8019 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
8020 continue the scan in case there are other
8021 bad relocations to report. */
8022 }
8023 }
8024 }
8025
8026 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
8027 propagate forward the lma region. */
8028
8029 static void
8030 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
8031 {
8032 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8033
8034 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8035 os != NULL;
8036 os = os->next)
8037 {
8038 if (os->prev != NULL
8039 && os->lma_region == NULL
8040 && os->load_base == NULL
8041 && os->addr_tree == NULL
8042 && os->region == os->prev->region)
8043 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
8044 }
8045 }
8046
8047 static void
8048 warn_non_contiguous_discards (void)
8049 {
8050 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
8051 {
8052 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
8053 || file->flags.just_syms)
8054 continue;
8055
8056 for (asection *s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8057 if (s->output_section == NULL
8058 && (s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
8059 einfo (_("%P: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions "
8060 "discards section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
8061 s, file->the_bfd);
8062 }
8063 }
8064
8065 static void
8066 reset_one_wild (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
8067 {
8068 if (statement->header.type == lang_wild_statement_enum)
8069 {
8070 lang_wild_statement_type *stmt = &statement->wild_statement;
8071 lang_list_init (&stmt->matching_sections);
8072 }
8073 }
8074
8075 static void
8076 reset_resolved_wilds (void)
8077 {
8078 lang_for_each_statement (reset_one_wild);
8079 }
8080
8081 void
8082 lang_process (void)
8083 {
8084 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
8085 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8086 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
8087
8088 current_target = default_target;
8089
8090 /* Open the output file. */
8091 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
8092 init_opb (NULL);
8093
8094 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
8095
8096 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
8097 lang_place_undefineds ();
8098
8099 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
8100 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
8101
8102 /* A first pass through the memory regions ensures that if any region
8103 references a symbol for its origin or length then this symbol will be
8104 added to the symbol table. Having these symbols in the symbol table
8105 means that when we call open_input_bfds PROVIDE statements will
8106 trigger to provide any needed symbols. The regions origins and
8107 lengths are not assigned as a result of this call. */
8108 lang_do_memory_regions (false);
8109
8110 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
8111 current_target = default_target;
8112 lang_statement_iteration++;
8113 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, NULL, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8114
8115 /* Now that open_input_bfds has processed assignments and provide
8116 statements we can give values to symbolic origin/length now. */
8117 lang_do_memory_regions (true);
8118
8119 ldemul_before_plugin_all_symbols_read ();
8120
8121 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
8122 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
8123 {
8124 lang_statement_list_type added;
8125 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
8126
8127 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
8128 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
8129 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
8130 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
8131 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
8132 file. */
8133 added = *stat_ptr;
8134 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
8135 files = file_chain;
8136 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
8137 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
8138 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
8139 plugin_error_plugin ());
8140 link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = true;
8141 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
8142 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
8143 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
8144 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
8145 last_os = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
8146 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
8147 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
8148 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, last_os, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8149 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
8150 plugin_undefs = NULL;
8151 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
8152 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
8153 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
8154 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8155 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
8156 /* Were any new files added? */
8157 if (added.head != NULL)
8158 {
8159 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
8160 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
8161 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
8162 immediately before. */
8163 bool before;
8164 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
8165 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
8166 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
8167 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
8168 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
8169 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
8170 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
8171 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
8172 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8173 if (before)
8174 {
8175 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
8176 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
8177 {
8178 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
8179 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
8180 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8181 }
8182 }
8183 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
8184 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
8185 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
8186 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
8187 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
8188 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
8189 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
8190 if (plugin_insert->filename)
8191 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
8192 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
8193 else
8194 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
8195
8196 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
8197 files = file_chain;
8198 lang_statement_iteration++;
8199 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, NULL, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
8200 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8201 while (files.head != NULL)
8202 {
8203 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
8204 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
8205 bfd *my_arch;
8206
8207 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
8208 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
8209 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
8210 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
8211 if (my_arch != NULL)
8212 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
8213 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
8214 break;
8215 temp = *insert;
8216 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
8217 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
8218 *iter = temp;
8219 if (file_chain.tail == (lang_statement_union_type **) insert)
8220 file_chain.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) iter;
8221 if (my_arch != NULL)
8222 {
8223 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
8224 if (parent != NULL)
8225 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
8226 ((char *) iter
8227 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
8228 }
8229 }
8230 }
8231 }
8232 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
8233
8234 struct bfd_sym_chain **sym = &link_info.gc_sym_list;
8235 while (*sym)
8236 sym = &(*sym)->next;
8237
8238 *sym = &entry_symbol;
8239
8240 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
8241 {
8242 *sym = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
8243
8244 /* entry_symbol is normally initialised by an ENTRY definition in the
8245 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
8246 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
8247 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
8248 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
8249 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
8250 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
8251 points for garbage collection resolution. */
8252 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
8253 }
8254
8255 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
8256 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
8257
8258 ldemul_after_open ();
8259 if (config.map_file != NULL)
8260 lang_print_asneeded ();
8261
8262 ldlang_open_ctf ();
8263
8264 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
8265
8266 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
8267 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
8268 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
8269 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
8270 link. */
8271 lang_check ();
8272
8273 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
8274 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
8275 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
8276
8277 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
8278 files. */
8279 ldctor_build_sets ();
8280
8281 lang_symbol_tweaks ();
8282
8283 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
8284 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
8285 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
8286 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
8287
8288 /* Size up the common data. */
8289 lang_common ();
8290
8291 if (0)
8292 debug_prefix_tree ();
8293
8294 resolve_wilds ();
8295
8296 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
8297 lang_gc_sections ();
8298
8299 lang_mark_undefineds ();
8300
8301 /* Check relocations. */
8302 lang_check_relocs ();
8303
8304 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
8305
8306 /* There might have been new sections created (e.g. as result of
8307 checking relocs to need a .got, or suchlike), so to properly order
8308 them into our lists of matching sections reset them here. */
8309 reset_resolved_wilds ();
8310 resolve_wilds ();
8311
8312 /* Update wild statements in case the user gave --sort-section.
8313 Note how the option might have come after the linker script and
8314 so couldn't have been set when the wild statements were created. */
8315 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
8316
8317 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
8318 to the correct output sections. */
8319 lang_statement_iteration++;
8320 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
8321
8322 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
8323 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
8324 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
8325
8326 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
8327
8328 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
8329 lang_place_orphans ();
8330
8331 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8332 {
8333 asection *found;
8334
8335 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8336 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8337 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8338 is hard then. */
8339 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8340
8341 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8342 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8343
8344 if (found != NULL)
8345 {
8346 if (config.text_read_only)
8347 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8348 else
8349 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8350 }
8351 }
8352
8353 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8354 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8355 lang_merge_ctf ();
8356
8357 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8358 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8359 lang_write_ctf (0);
8360
8361 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8362 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8363
8364 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8365 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8366 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8367 if (config.build_constructors)
8368 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8369
8370 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8371 dynamic symbols are created. */
8372 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8373 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8374
8375 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8376 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8377 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8378
8379 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8380 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8381 lang_record_phdrs ();
8382
8383 /* Check relro sections. */
8384 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8385 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8386
8387 /* Size up the sections. */
8388 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8389
8390 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8391 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8392 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8393
8394 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8395 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8396
8397 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8398 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8399 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8400 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8401 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8402 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8403
8404 ldemul_finish ();
8405
8406 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8407 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8408
8409 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8410 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8411 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8412
8413 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions
8414 && link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
8415 warn_non_contiguous_discards ();
8416
8417 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8418 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8419
8420 lang_end ();
8421 }
8422
8423 void
8424 lang_add_version_string (void)
8425 {
8426 if (! enable_linker_version)
8427 return;
8428
8429 const char * str = "GNU ld ";
8430 int len = strlen (str);
8431 int i;
8432
8433 for (i = 0 ; i < len ; i++)
8434 lang_add_data (BYTE, exp_intop (str[i]));
8435
8436 str = BFD_VERSION_STRING;
8437 len = strlen (str);
8438
8439 for (i = 0 ; i < len ; i++)
8440 lang_add_data (BYTE, exp_intop (str[i]));
8441
8442 lang_add_data (BYTE, exp_intop ('\0'));
8443 }
8444
8445 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8446
8447 void
8448 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8449 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8450 bool keep_sections)
8451 {
8452 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8453 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8454 bool any_specs_sorted = false;
8455
8456 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8457 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8458 curr != NULL;
8459 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8460 {
8461 if (curr->spec.sorted != none && curr->spec.sorted != by_none)
8462 any_specs_sorted = true;
8463 next = curr->next;
8464 curr->next = section_list;
8465 }
8466
8467 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8468 {
8469 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8470 filespec->name = NULL;
8471 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8472 lang_has_input_file = true;
8473 }
8474
8475 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8476 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8477 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = false;
8478 new_stmt->any_specs_sorted = any_specs_sorted;
8479 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8480 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8481 if (filespec != NULL)
8482 {
8483 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8484 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8485 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8486 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8487 }
8488 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8489 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8490 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8491 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->matching_sections);
8492 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8493 if (0)
8494 {
8495 printf ("wild %s(", new_stmt->filename ? new_stmt->filename : "*");
8496 for (curr = new_stmt->section_list; curr; curr = curr->next)
8497 printf ("%s ", curr->spec.name ? curr->spec.name : "*");
8498 printf (")\n");
8499 }
8500 }
8501
8502 void
8503 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8504 const segment_type *segment)
8505 {
8506 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8507
8508 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8509 ad->section_name = name;
8510 ad->address = address;
8511 ad->segment = segment;
8512 }
8513
8514 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8515 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8516 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8517 precedence. */
8518
8519 void
8520 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bool cmdline)
8521 {
8522 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8523 || cmdline
8524 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8525 {
8526 entry_symbol.name = name;
8527 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8528 }
8529 }
8530
8531 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8532 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8533 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8534 must be permanently allocated. */
8535 void
8536 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8537 {
8538 entry_symbol_default = name;
8539 }
8540
8541 void
8542 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8543 {
8544 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8545
8546 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8547 new_stmt->target = name;
8548 }
8549
8550 void
8551 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8552 {
8553 while (*name)
8554 {
8555 switch (*name)
8556 {
8557 case 'F':
8558 map_option_f = true;
8559 break;
8560 }
8561 name++;
8562 }
8563 }
8564
8565 void
8566 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8567 {
8568 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8569
8570 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8571 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8572 }
8573
8574 void
8575 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8576 {
8577 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8578
8579 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8580 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8581 new_stmt->type = type;
8582 }
8583
8584 void
8585 lang_add_string (const char *s)
8586 {
8587 bfd_vma len = strlen (s);
8588 bfd_vma i;
8589 bool escape = false;
8590
8591 /* Add byte expressions until end of string. */
8592 for (i = 0 ; i < len; i++)
8593 {
8594 char c = *s++;
8595
8596 if (escape)
8597 {
8598 switch (c)
8599 {
8600 default:
8601 /* Ignore the escape. */
8602 break;
8603
8604 case 'n': c = '\n'; break;
8605 case 'r': c = '\r'; break;
8606 case 't': c = '\t'; break;
8607
8608 case '0':
8609 case '1':
8610 case '2':
8611 case '3':
8612 case '4':
8613 case '5':
8614 case '6':
8615 case '7':
8616 /* We have an octal number. */
8617 {
8618 unsigned int value = c - '0';
8619
8620 c = *s;
8621 if ((c >= '0') && (c <= '7'))
8622 {
8623 value <<= 3;
8624 value += (c - '0');
8625 i++;
8626 s++;
8627
8628 c = *s;
8629 if ((c >= '0') && (c <= '7'))
8630 {
8631 value <<= 3;
8632 value += (c - '0');
8633 i++;
8634 s++;
8635 }
8636 }
8637
8638 if (value > 0xff)
8639 {
8640 /* octal: \777 is treated as '\077' + '7' */
8641 value >>= 3;
8642 i--;
8643 s--;
8644 }
8645
8646 c = value;
8647 }
8648 break;
8649 }
8650
8651 lang_add_data (BYTE, exp_intop (c));
8652 escape = false;
8653 }
8654 else
8655 {
8656 if (c == '\\')
8657 escape = true;
8658 else
8659 lang_add_data (BYTE, exp_intop (c));
8660 }
8661 }
8662
8663 /* Remeber to terminate the string. */
8664 lang_add_data (BYTE, exp_intop (0));
8665 }
8666
8667 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8668 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8669 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8670 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8671 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8672 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8673
8674 void
8675 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8676 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8677 asection *section,
8678 const char *name,
8679 union etree_union *addend)
8680 {
8681 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8682
8683 p->reloc = reloc;
8684 p->howto = howto;
8685 p->section = section;
8686 p->name = name;
8687 p->addend_exp = addend;
8688
8689 p->addend_value = 0;
8690 p->output_section = NULL;
8691 p->output_offset = 0;
8692 }
8693
8694 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8695 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8696 {
8697 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8698
8699 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8700 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8701 return new_stmt;
8702 }
8703
8704 void
8705 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8706 {
8707 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8708 }
8709
8710 void
8711 lang_startup (const char *name)
8712 {
8713 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8714 {
8715 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8716 }
8717 first_file->filename = name;
8718 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8719 first_file->flags.real = true;
8720 }
8721
8722 void
8723 lang_float (bool maybe)
8724 {
8725 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8726 }
8727
8728
8729 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8730 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8731
8732 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8733 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8734 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8735 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8736 had an explicit load address.
8737
8738 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8739
8740 static void
8741 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8742 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8743 const char *memspec,
8744 const char *lma_memspec,
8745 bool have_lma,
8746 bool have_vma)
8747 {
8748 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, false);
8749
8750 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8751 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8752 as well. */
8753 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8754 && !have_vma
8755 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8756 *region = *lma_region;
8757 else
8758 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, false);
8759
8760 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8761 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8762 NULL);
8763 }
8764
8765 void
8766 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8767 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8768 const char *lma_memspec)
8769 {
8770 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8771 &current_section->lma_region,
8772 memspec, lma_memspec,
8773 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8774 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8775
8776 current_section->fill = fill;
8777 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8778 pop_stat_ptr ();
8779 }
8780
8781 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8782
8783 void
8784 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8785 const char *big,
8786 const char *little,
8787 int from_script)
8788 {
8789 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8790 {
8791 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8792 && big != NULL)
8793 format = big;
8794 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8795 && little != NULL)
8796 format = little;
8797
8798 output_target = format;
8799 }
8800 }
8801
8802 void
8803 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8804 {
8805 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8806
8807 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8808 new_stmt->where = where;
8809 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8810 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8811 }
8812
8813 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8814 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8815
8816 void
8817 lang_enter_group (void)
8818 {
8819 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8820
8821 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8822 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8823 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8824 }
8825
8826 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8827 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8828 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8829 but currently they can't. */
8830
8831 void
8832 lang_leave_group (void)
8833 {
8834 pop_stat_ptr ();
8835 }
8836
8837 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8838 command in a linker script. */
8839
8840 void
8841 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8842 etree_type *type,
8843 bool filehdr,
8844 bool phdrs,
8845 etree_type *at,
8846 etree_type *flags)
8847 {
8848 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8849 bool hdrs;
8850
8851 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8852 n->next = NULL;
8853 n->name = name;
8854 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, NULL, 0, "program header type");
8855 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8856 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8857 n->at = at;
8858 n->flags = flags;
8859
8860 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8861
8862 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8863 if (hdrs
8864 && (*pp)->type == 1
8865 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8866 {
8867 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8868 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8869 hdrs = false;
8870 }
8871
8872 *pp = n;
8873 }
8874
8875 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8876 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8877
8878 static void
8879 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8880 {
8881 unsigned int alc;
8882 asection **secs;
8883 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8884 struct lang_phdr *l;
8885 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8886
8887 alc = 10;
8888 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8889 last = NULL;
8890
8891 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8892 {
8893 unsigned int c;
8894 flagword flags;
8895 bfd_vma at;
8896
8897 c = 0;
8898 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8899 os != NULL;
8900 os = os->next)
8901 {
8902 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8903
8904 if (os->constraint < 0)
8905 continue;
8906
8907 pl = os->phdrs;
8908 if (pl != NULL)
8909 last = pl;
8910 else
8911 {
8912 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8913 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8914 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8915 continue;
8916
8917 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8918 if (l->type == 3)
8919 continue;
8920
8921 if (last == NULL)
8922 {
8923 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8924
8925 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8926 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8927 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8928 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8929 header and there are sections in that script which are
8930 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8931 use of that header. See here for more details:
8932 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8933 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8934 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8935 {
8936 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8937 break;
8938 }
8939 if (last == NULL)
8940 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8941 }
8942 pl = last;
8943 }
8944
8945 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8946 continue;
8947
8948 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8949 {
8950 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8951 {
8952 if (c >= alc)
8953 {
8954 alc *= 2;
8955 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8956 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8957 }
8958 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8959 ++c;
8960 pl->used = true;
8961 }
8962 }
8963 }
8964
8965 if (l->flags == NULL)
8966 flags = 0;
8967 else
8968 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, NULL, 0, "phdr flags");
8969
8970 if (l->at == NULL)
8971 at = 0;
8972 else
8973 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, NULL, 0, "phdr load address");
8974
8975 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8976 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8977 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8978 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8979 }
8980
8981 free (secs);
8982
8983 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8984 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8985 os != NULL;
8986 os = os->next)
8987 {
8988 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8989
8990 if (os->constraint < 0
8991 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8992 continue;
8993
8994 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8995 pl != NULL;
8996 pl = pl->next)
8997 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8998 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8999 os->name, pl->name);
9000 }
9001 }
9002
9003 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
9004
9005 void
9006 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
9007 {
9008 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
9009
9010 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
9011 n->next = nocrossref_list;
9012 n->list = l;
9013 n->onlyfirst = false;
9014 nocrossref_list = n;
9015
9016 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
9017 link_info.notice_all = true;
9018 }
9019
9020 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
9021
9022 void
9023 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
9024 {
9025 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
9026 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = true;
9027 }
9028 \f
9029 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
9030
9031 /* The overlay virtual address. */
9032 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
9033 /* And subsection alignment. */
9034 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
9035
9036 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
9037 static etree_type *overlay_max;
9038
9039 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
9040
9041 struct overlay_list {
9042 struct overlay_list *next;
9043 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
9044 };
9045
9046 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
9047
9048 /* Start handling an overlay. */
9049
9050 void
9051 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
9052 {
9053 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
9054 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
9055 && overlay_subalign == NULL
9056 && overlay_max == NULL);
9057
9058 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
9059 overlay_subalign = subalign;
9060 }
9061
9062 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
9063 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
9064 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
9065
9066 void
9067 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
9068 {
9069 struct overlay_list *n;
9070 etree_type *size;
9071
9072 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
9073 0, 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
9074
9075 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
9076 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
9077 used in the addresses. */
9078 if (overlay_list == NULL)
9079 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
9080
9081 /* Remember the section. */
9082 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
9083 n->os = current_section;
9084 n->next = overlay_list;
9085 overlay_list = n;
9086
9087 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
9088
9089 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
9090 if (overlay_max == NULL)
9091 overlay_max = size;
9092 else
9093 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
9094 }
9095
9096 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
9097 here. */
9098
9099 void
9100 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
9101 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
9102 {
9103 const char *name;
9104 char *clean, *s2;
9105 const char *s1;
9106 char *buf;
9107
9108 name = current_section->name;
9109
9110 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
9111 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
9112 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
9113 override it. */
9114 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
9115
9116 /* Define the magic symbols. */
9117
9118 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
9119 s2 = clean;
9120 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
9121 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
9122 *s2++ = *s1;
9123 *s2 = '\0';
9124
9125 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
9126 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
9127 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
9128 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
9129 false));
9130
9131 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
9132 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
9133 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
9134 exp_binop ('+',
9135 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
9136 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
9137 false));
9138
9139 free (clean);
9140 }
9141
9142 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
9143 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
9144
9145 void
9146 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
9147 int nocrossrefs,
9148 fill_type *fill,
9149 const char *memspec,
9150 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
9151 const char *lma_memspec)
9152 {
9153 lang_memory_region_type *region;
9154 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
9155 struct overlay_list *l;
9156 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
9157
9158 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
9159 memspec, lma_memspec,
9160 lma_expr != NULL, false);
9161
9162 nocrossref = NULL;
9163
9164 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
9165 overlay region. */
9166 if (overlay_list != NULL)
9167 {
9168 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
9169 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
9170 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), false);
9171 }
9172
9173 l = overlay_list;
9174 while (l != NULL)
9175 {
9176 struct overlay_list *next;
9177
9178 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
9179 l->os->fill = fill;
9180
9181 l->os->region = region;
9182 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
9183
9184 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
9185 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
9186 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
9187 an LMA region was specified. */
9188 if (l->next == 0)
9189 {
9190 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
9191 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
9192 }
9193 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
9194 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
9195
9196 if (nocrossrefs)
9197 {
9198 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
9199
9200 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
9201 nc->name = l->os->name;
9202 nc->next = nocrossref;
9203 nocrossref = nc;
9204 }
9205
9206 next = l->next;
9207 free (l);
9208 l = next;
9209 }
9210
9211 if (nocrossref != NULL)
9212 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
9213
9214 overlay_vma = NULL;
9215 overlay_list = NULL;
9216 overlay_max = NULL;
9217 overlay_subalign = NULL;
9218 }
9219 \f
9220 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
9221
9222 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
9223 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
9224 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
9225
9226 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9227 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
9228 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
9229 const char *sym)
9230 {
9231 const char *c_sym;
9232 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
9233 const char *java_sym = sym;
9234 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
9235 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
9236
9237 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
9238 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
9239 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
9240 if (!c_sym)
9241 c_sym = sym;
9242 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
9243
9244 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9245 {
9246 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
9247 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
9248 if (!cxx_sym)
9249 cxx_sym = sym;
9250 }
9251 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9252 {
9253 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
9254 if (!java_sym)
9255 java_sym = sym;
9256 }
9257
9258 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
9259 {
9260 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
9261
9262 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
9263 {
9264 case 0:
9265 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9266 {
9267 e.pattern = c_sym;
9268 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9269 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9270 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
9271 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9272 goto out_ret;
9273 else
9274 expr = expr->next;
9275 }
9276 /* Fallthrough */
9277 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
9278 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9279 {
9280 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
9281 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9282 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9283 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
9284 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9285 goto out_ret;
9286 else
9287 expr = expr->next;
9288 }
9289 /* Fallthrough */
9290 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
9291 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9292 {
9293 e.pattern = java_sym;
9294 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9295 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9296 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
9297 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9298 goto out_ret;
9299 else
9300 expr = expr->next;
9301 }
9302 /* Fallthrough */
9303 default:
9304 break;
9305 }
9306 }
9307
9308 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
9309 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
9310 expr = head->remaining;
9311 else
9312 expr = prev->next;
9313 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
9314 {
9315 const char *s;
9316
9317 if (!expr->pattern)
9318 continue;
9319
9320 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
9321 break;
9322
9323 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9324 s = java_sym;
9325 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9326 s = cxx_sym;
9327 else
9328 s = c_sym;
9329 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
9330 break;
9331 }
9332
9333 out_ret:
9334 if (c_sym != sym)
9335 free ((char *) c_sym);
9336 if (cxx_sym != sym)
9337 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
9338 if (java_sym != sym)
9339 free ((char *) java_sym);
9340 return expr;
9341 }
9342
9343 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
9344 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
9345
9346 static const char *
9347 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
9348 {
9349 const char *p;
9350 bool changed = false, backslash = false;
9351 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
9352
9353 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
9354 {
9355 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
9356 backslash. */
9357 if (backslash)
9358 {
9359 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
9360 *(s - 1) = *p;
9361 backslash = false;
9362 changed = true;
9363 }
9364 else
9365 {
9366 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
9367 {
9368 free (symbol);
9369 return NULL;
9370 }
9371
9372 *s++ = *p;
9373 backslash = *p == '\\';
9374 }
9375 }
9376
9377 if (changed)
9378 {
9379 *s = '\0';
9380 return symbol;
9381 }
9382 else
9383 {
9384 free (symbol);
9385 return pattern;
9386 }
9387 }
9388
9389 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
9390 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
9391 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
9392
9393 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9394 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
9395 const char *new_name,
9396 const char *lang,
9397 bool literal_p)
9398 {
9399 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
9400
9401 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9402 ret->next = orig;
9403 ret->symver = 0;
9404 ret->script = 0;
9405 ret->literal = true;
9406 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
9407 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
9408 {
9409 ret->pattern = new_name;
9410 ret->literal = false;
9411 }
9412
9413 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
9414 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9415 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
9416 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
9417 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
9418 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
9419 else
9420 {
9421 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
9422 lang);
9423 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9424 }
9425
9426 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
9427 }
9428
9429 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
9430 expressions. */
9431
9432 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
9433 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
9434 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
9435 {
9436 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
9437
9438 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
9439 ret->globals.list = globals;
9440 ret->locals.list = locals;
9441 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
9442 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
9443 return ret;
9444 }
9445
9446 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
9447
9448 static int version_index;
9449
9450 static hashval_t
9451 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
9452 {
9453 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
9454 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
9455
9456 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9457 }
9458
9459 static int
9460 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9461 {
9462 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9463 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9464 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9465 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9466
9467 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9468 }
9469
9470 static void
9471 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9472 {
9473 size_t count = 0;
9474 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9475 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9476
9477 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9478 {
9479 if (e->literal)
9480 count++;
9481 head->mask |= e->mask;
9482 }
9483
9484 if (count)
9485 {
9486 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9487 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9488 list_loc = &head->list;
9489 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9490 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9491 {
9492 next = e->next;
9493 if (!e->literal)
9494 {
9495 *remaining_loc = e;
9496 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9497 }
9498 else
9499 {
9500 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9501
9502 if (*loc)
9503 {
9504 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9505
9506 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9507 last = NULL;
9508 do
9509 {
9510 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9511 {
9512 last = NULL;
9513 break;
9514 }
9515 last = e1;
9516 e1 = e1->next;
9517 }
9518 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9519
9520 if (last == NULL)
9521 {
9522 /* This is a duplicate. */
9523 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9524 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9525 /* free (e->pattern); */
9526 free (e);
9527 }
9528 else
9529 {
9530 e->next = last->next;
9531 last->next = e;
9532 }
9533 }
9534 else
9535 {
9536 *loc = e;
9537 *list_loc = e;
9538 list_loc = &e->next;
9539 }
9540 }
9541 }
9542 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9543 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9544 }
9545 else
9546 head->remaining = head->list;
9547 }
9548
9549 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9550 version. */
9551
9552 void
9553 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9554 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9555 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9556 {
9557 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9558 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9559
9560 if (name == NULL)
9561 name = "";
9562
9563 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9564 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9565 {
9566 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9567 " with other version tags\n"));
9568 free (version);
9569 return;
9570 }
9571
9572 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9573 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9574 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9575 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9576
9577 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9578 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9579
9580 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9581 aren't any duplicates. */
9582
9583 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9584 {
9585 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9586 {
9587 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9588
9589 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9590 {
9591 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9592 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9593 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9594 {
9595 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9596 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9597 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9598 e2 = e2->next;
9599 }
9600 }
9601 else if (!e1->literal)
9602 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9603 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9604 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9605 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9606 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9607 }
9608 }
9609
9610 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9611 {
9612 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9613 {
9614 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9615
9616 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9617 {
9618 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9619 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9620 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9621 {
9622 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9623 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9624 " in version information\n"),
9625 e1->pattern);
9626 e2 = e2->next;
9627 }
9628 }
9629 else if (!e1->literal)
9630 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9631 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9632 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9633 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9634 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9635 }
9636 }
9637
9638 version->deps = deps;
9639 version->name = name;
9640 if (name[0] != '\0')
9641 {
9642 ++version_index;
9643 version->vernum = version_index;
9644 }
9645 else
9646 version->vernum = 0;
9647
9648 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9649 ;
9650 *pp = version;
9651 }
9652
9653 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9654
9655 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9656 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9657 {
9658 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9659 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9660
9661 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9662 ret->next = list;
9663
9664 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9665 {
9666 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9667 {
9668 ret->version_needed = t;
9669 return ret;
9670 }
9671 }
9672
9673 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9674
9675 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9676 return ret;
9677 }
9678
9679 static void
9680 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9681 {
9682 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9683
9684 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9685 {
9686 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9687 char *contents, *p;
9688 bfd_size_type len;
9689
9690 if (sec == NULL)
9691 continue;
9692
9693 len = sec->size;
9694 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9695 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9696 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9697
9698 p = contents;
9699 while (p < contents + len)
9700 {
9701 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, false);
9702 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9703 }
9704
9705 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9706
9707 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9708 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9709 }
9710
9711 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, false);
9712 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9713 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9714 }
9715
9716 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec. This is initially
9717 called with UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to FALSE, in this case no errors are
9718 thrown, however, references to symbols in the origin and length fields
9719 will be pushed into the symbol table, this allows PROVIDE statements to
9720 then provide these symbols. This function is called a second time with
9721 UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to TRUE, this time the we update the actual region
9722 data structures, and throw errors if missing symbols are encountered. */
9723
9724 static void
9725 lang_do_memory_regions (bool update_regions_p)
9726 {
9727 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9728
9729 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9730 {
9731 if (r->origin_exp)
9732 {
9733 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp, NULL);
9734 if (update_regions_p)
9735 {
9736 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9737 {
9738 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9739 r->current = r->origin;
9740 }
9741 else
9742 einfo (_("%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9743 r->name_list.name);
9744 }
9745 }
9746 if (r->length_exp)
9747 {
9748 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp, NULL);
9749 if (update_regions_p)
9750 {
9751 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9752 r->length = expld.result.value;
9753 else
9754 einfo (_("%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9755 r->name_list.name);
9756 }
9757 }
9758 }
9759 }
9760
9761 void
9762 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9763 {
9764 struct unique_sections *ent;
9765
9766 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9767 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9768 return;
9769
9770 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9771 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9772 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9773 unique_section_list = ent;
9774 }
9775
9776 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9777
9778 void
9779 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
9780 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9781 {
9782 if (*list_p)
9783 {
9784 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9785 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9786 ;
9787 tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
9788 (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
9789 }
9790 else
9791 {
9792 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9793
9794 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9795 d->head.list = dynamic;
9796 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9797 *list_p = d;
9798 }
9799 }
9800
9801 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9802 one. */
9803
9804 void
9805 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9806 {
9807 const char *symbols[] =
9808 {
9809 "typeinfo name for*",
9810 "typeinfo for*"
9811 };
9812 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9813 unsigned int i;
9814
9815 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9816 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9817 false);
9818
9819 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9820 }
9821
9822 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9823 existing one. */
9824
9825 void
9826 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9827 {
9828 const char *symbols[] =
9829 {
9830 "operator new*",
9831 "operator delete*"
9832 };
9833 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9834 unsigned int i;
9835
9836 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9837 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9838 false);
9839
9840 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9841 }
9842
9843 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9844
9845 void
9846 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9847 {
9848 char *p, *q;
9849
9850 p = str;
9851 while (*p)
9852 {
9853 char sep;
9854 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9855 ++p;
9856 if (!*p)
9857 break;
9858 q = p + 1;
9859 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9860 ++q;
9861 sep = *q;
9862 *q = 0;
9863 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9864 config.sane_expr = true;
9865 else
9866 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9867 *q = sep;
9868 p = q;
9869 }
9870 }
9871
9872 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9873
9874 static void
9875 lang_print_memory_size (uint64_t sz)
9876 {
9877 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9878 printf ("%10" PRIu64 " GB", sz >> 30);
9879 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9880 printf ("%10" PRIu64 " MB", sz >> 20);
9881 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9882 printf ("%10" PRIu64 " KB", sz >> 10);
9883 else
9884 printf (" %10" PRIu64 " B", sz);
9885 }
9886
9887 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9888
9889 void
9890 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9891 {
9892 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9893
9894 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9895 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9896 {
9897 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9898
9899 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9900 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9901 lang_print_memory_size (r->length);
9902
9903 if (r->length != 0)
9904 {
9905 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9906 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9907 }
9908 printf ("\n");
9909 }
9910 }